1 #LyX 1.5.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
24 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
25 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
27 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
28 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
29 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
32 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
33 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
34 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
35 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
36 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
37 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
38 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
39 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
40 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
42 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
44 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
45 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
47 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
49 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
50 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
51 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
54 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
58 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
59 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
60 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
63 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
64 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
66 % redefine the greyed out note
67 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
68 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
70 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
75 \font_typewriter default
76 \font_default_family default
90 \paperorientation portrait
101 \paragraph_separation indent
103 \quotes_language english
106 \paperpagestyle default
107 \tracking_changes false
108 \output_changes false
124 \begin_layout Standard
126 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
129 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
141 \begin_layout Standard
142 \begin_inset Note Note
145 \begin_layout Standard
146 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
153 \begin_layout Standard
154 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
162 \begin_layout Standard
163 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
170 \begin_layout Chapter
174 \begin_layout Section
178 \begin_layout Standard
179 LyX is a document preparation system.
180 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
181 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
182 It is unlike most other
183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
190 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
192 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
204 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
209 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
213 \begin_layout Standard
214 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
231 \begin_layout Standard
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
244 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
245 the format of all of the manuals.
246 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
247 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
264 \begin_layout Section
268 \begin_layout Standard
269 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
271 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
272 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
274 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
293 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
296 \begin_layout Standard
297 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
298 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
299 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
301 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
302 only a vertical scrollbar.
303 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
304 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
305 This, however, is due
306 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
307 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
308 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
309 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
311 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
312 this doesn't work for equations yet.
315 \begin_layout Standard
316 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
317 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
319 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
320 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
325 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
326 ing sections of this documentation.
329 \begin_layout Section
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
339 of the manuals from inside LyX.
340 Just select the manual you want read from the
347 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
350 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
359 without resorting to configuration files.
360 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
361 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
362 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
373 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
374 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
375 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
376 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
378 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
382 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
383 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
387 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
390 \begin_layout Section
392 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
393 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
400 \begin_layout Standard
401 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
402 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
410 \begin_layout Standard
422 that will be created when using the menu
424 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
429 \begin_layout Standard
440 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
441 \begin_inset Note Note
444 \begin_layout Standard
445 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
453 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
454 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
456 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
461 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
463 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
464 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
474 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
475 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
482 \begin_layout Chapter
486 \begin_layout Section
487 Basic File Operations
488 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
489 name "File Operations"
496 \begin_layout Standard
501 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
505 \begin_layout Itemize
511 \begin_layout Itemize
523 \begin_layout Itemize
529 \begin_layout Itemize
535 \begin_layout Itemize
541 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_layout Itemize
556 \begin_layout Itemize
563 \begin_layout Itemize
569 \begin_layout Itemize
575 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Standard
588 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
589 a few minor differences.
592 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
601 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
602 you for a template to use.
603 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
604 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
605 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
606 (see section\InsetSpace ~
608 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
609 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
616 \begin_layout Standard
618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
641 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
642 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
645 \begin_layout Standard
657 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
661 \begin_layout Standard
662 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
681 will reload the document from disk.
682 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
683 and want to restore it to the last save.
689 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
690 can identify this as your changes.
693 \begin_layout Section
694 Basic Editing Features
695 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
701 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
702 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
709 \begin_layout Standard
710 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
711 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
712 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
713 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
715 We'll start with cut and paste.
718 \begin_layout Standard
719 As you might expect, the
723 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
724 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
728 \begin_layout Itemize
734 \begin_layout Itemize
740 \begin_layout Itemize
746 \begin_layout Itemize
753 \begin_layout Itemize
760 \begin_layout Itemize
768 \begin_layout Standard
769 The first three are self-explanatory.
770 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
771 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
780 keys also functions as the
785 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
786 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
791 to get back the lost text.
794 \begin_layout Standard
795 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
800 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
806 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
809 \begin_layout Standard
812 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
814 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
816 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
819 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
825 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
831 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
832 will start a new paragraph.
835 \begin_layout Standard
836 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
849 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
861 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
866 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
877 button to skip the current word.
883 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
889 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
891 If the toggle is set, searching for
892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
903 will not match the word
904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
918 Match whole words only
920 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
948 \begin_layout Section
950 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
956 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
962 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
963 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
970 \begin_layout Standard
971 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
972 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
975 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
978 to undo some mistake.
979 If you accidentally undo too much, use
981 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
992 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
997 \begin_layout Standard
998 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
999 it was last saved, the
1000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1007 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1008 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1011 \begin_layout Standard
1020 work on almost everything in LyX.
1021 They have some quirks, too.
1030 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1031 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1039 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1040 surely appreciate how it works.
1043 \begin_layout Section
1045 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1046 name "Mouse Operations"
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1054 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1057 \begin_layout Enumerate
1062 \begin_layout Itemize
1067 once anywhere in the edit window.
1068 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1072 \begin_layout Enumerate
1077 \begin_layout Itemize
1083 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1086 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1089 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1092 \begin_layout Itemize
1093 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1095 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1102 \begin_layout Enumerate
1103 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1107 \begin_layout Standard
1112 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1113 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1114 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1118 \begin_layout Enumerate
1123 \begin_layout Standard
1128 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1133 \begin_layout Section
1135 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1136 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1141 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1149 \begin_layout Standard
1150 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1151 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1153 LyX's default is CUA.
1156 \begin_layout Standard
1183 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1187 \begin_layout Labeling
1188 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1192 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1194 description "Tabulator key"
1200 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1201 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1203 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1204 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1209 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1210 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1214 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1216 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1217 reference "sub:Lists"
1223 If you're still confused, look in the
1230 \begin_layout Labeling
1231 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1235 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1237 description "Escape key"
1244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1251 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1252 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1255 \begin_layout Labeling
1256 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1267 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1268 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 There are three modifier keys:
1276 \begin_layout Labeling
1277 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1295 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1297 description "Control key"
1301 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1302 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1306 \begin_layout Itemize
1315 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1318 \begin_layout Itemize
1327 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1330 \begin_layout Itemize
1339 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1343 \begin_layout Labeling
1344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1362 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1364 description "Shift key"
1368 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1369 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1372 \begin_layout Labeling
1373 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1391 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1393 description "Meta or Alt key"
1397 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1398 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1399 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1405 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1407 menu accelerator keys
1410 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1411 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1415 \begin_layout Standard
1416 For example, the sequence
1417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1469 There are also other things bound to the
1473 key, but you'll have to check in the
1485 \begin_layout Standard
1486 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1487 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1488 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1489 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1490 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1491 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1492 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1508 followed by a capital
1514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1532 \begin_layout Chapter
1534 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1542 \begin_layout Section
1544 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1545 name "Document ! Types"
1552 \begin_layout Subsection
1556 \begin_layout Standard
1557 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1558 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1559 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1560 numbering schemes, and so on.
1561 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1562 and format the title of your document differently.
1565 \begin_layout Standard
1570 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1571 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1572 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1573 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1574 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1577 \begin_layout Standard
1578 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1579 how to adjust their properties.
1582 \begin_layout Subsection
1584 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1585 name "Document ! Classes"
1590 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1591 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1598 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1602 \begin_layout Standard
1603 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1607 \begin_layout Description
1608 Article for basic articles
1611 \begin_layout Description
1612 Report for basic reports
1615 \begin_layout Description
1616 Book for writing a book
1619 \begin_layout Description
1620 Letter for US-style letters
1623 \begin_layout Standard
1624 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1626 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1627 can be found in chapter
1629 Special Document Classes
1638 \begin_layout Description
1639 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1642 \begin_layout Description
1649 \begin_layout Standard
1658 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1662 \begin_layout Description
1663 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1664 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1665 There are three article layouts available.
1666 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1667 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1668 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1669 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1674 sequential numbering
1675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1678 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1679 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1680 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1681 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1684 \begin_layout Description
1685 Beamer Layout for presentations
1688 \begin_layout Description
1689 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1690 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1694 \begin_layout Description
1695 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1696 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1699 \begin_layout Description
1700 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1703 \begin_layout Description
1706 Die TeXnische Komödie
1708 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1711 \begin_layout Description
1712 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1715 \begin_layout Description
1716 Foils Used to make transparencies
1719 \begin_layout Description
1720 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1723 \begin_layout Description
1724 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1725 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1729 \begin_layout Description
1730 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1731 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1734 \begin_layout Description
1735 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1738 \begin_layout Description
1739 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1742 \begin_layout Description
1743 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1744 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1747 \begin_layout Description
1748 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1751 \begin_layout Description
1756 LaTeX document class
1759 \begin_layout Description
1760 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1763 \begin_layout Description
1768 \begin_layout Standard
1775 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1776 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1778 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1781 \begin_layout Description
1782 Slides Used to make transparencies
1785 \begin_layout Description
1787 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1788 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1791 \begin_layout Description
1792 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1795 \begin_layout Description
1800 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1803 \begin_layout Standard
1804 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1806 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1811 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1812 of the document classes.
1815 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1819 \begin_layout Standard
1820 You can select a class using the
1822 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1824 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1825 name "Document ! Settings"
1832 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1836 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1840 \begin_layout Standard
1841 Each class has a default set of options.
1842 Here's a quick table describing them:
1845 \begin_layout Standard
1846 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1852 \begin_layout Standard
1854 \begin_inset Tabular
1855 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1862 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1866 \begin_layout Standard
1872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1875 \begin_layout Standard
1890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1893 \begin_layout Standard
1908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1911 \begin_layout Standard
1926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1929 \begin_layout Standard
1945 <row topline="true">
1946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1949 \begin_layout Standard
1963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1966 \begin_layout Standard
1981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2002 \begin_layout Standard
2017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2020 \begin_layout Standard
2036 <row topline="true">
2037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2057 \begin_layout Standard
2072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2075 \begin_layout Standard
2090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2093 \begin_layout Standard
2108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2111 \begin_layout Standard
2127 <row topline="true">
2128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2131 \begin_layout Standard
2145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2148 \begin_layout Standard
2163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2166 \begin_layout Standard
2181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2184 \begin_layout Standard
2199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2202 \begin_layout Standard
2218 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2222 \begin_layout Standard
2236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2239 \begin_layout Standard
2254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2257 \begin_layout Standard
2272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2275 \begin_layout Standard
2290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2293 \begin_layout Standard
2315 \begin_layout Standard
2316 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2322 \begin_layout Standard
2323 You're probably also wondering what
2324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2333 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2334 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2339 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2344 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2354 headings, there are also
2362 headings, and so on.
2363 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2365 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2366 reference "sub:Headings"
2373 \begin_layout Subsection
2375 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2376 name "Document ! Layout"
2381 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2382 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2389 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2390 name "Document ! Settings"
2397 \begin_layout Standard
2398 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2400 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2410 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2413 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2415 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2416 to use for your document.
2417 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2421 \begin_layout Standard
2431 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2432 You can choose between the following five options:
2435 \begin_layout Labeling
2436 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2441 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2444 \begin_layout Labeling
2445 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2450 No page numbers or headings.
2453 \begin_layout Labeling
2454 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2462 \begin_layout Labeling
2463 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2468 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2469 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2470 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2473 \begin_layout Labeling
2474 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2479 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2483 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2484 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2491 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2492 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2494 Check the documentation for the
2498 package for more details,
2499 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2507 \begin_layout Standard
2512 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2514 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2515 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2522 \begin_layout Subsection
2523 Paper Size and Orientation
2524 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2525 name "Document ! Paper size"
2530 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2531 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2538 \begin_layout Standard
2539 You'll find the following options in the menu
2544 of the dialog of the
2546 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2552 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2553 name "Document ! Settings"
2560 \begin_layout Labeling
2561 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2566 What size paper to print on.
2570 \begin_layout Itemize
2576 \begin_layout Itemize
2586 \begin_layout Itemize
2592 \begin_layout Itemize
2598 \begin_layout Itemize
2604 \begin_layout Itemize
2610 \begin_layout Itemize
2616 \begin_layout Labeling
2617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2622 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2633 \begin_layout Labeling
2634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2637 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2640 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2641 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2644 \begin_layout Subsection
2646 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2647 name "Document ! Margins"
2652 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2658 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2666 \begin_layout Standard
2667 Paper margins are set in the menu
2669 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2675 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2676 name "Document ! Settings"
2683 \begin_layout Standard
2684 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2685 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2686 the paper format and the font size into account.
2689 \begin_layout Subsection
2693 \begin_layout Standard
2694 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2699 That includes the paragraph environments.
2700 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2701 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2702 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2703 paragraph environments to
2707 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2708 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2709 the conversion and why it failed.
2712 \begin_layout Section
2713 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2714 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2715 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2722 \begin_layout Subsection
2724 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2725 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2732 \begin_layout Standard
2733 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2734 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2737 \begin_layout Standard
2738 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2739 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2740 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2741 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2745 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2751 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2752 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2753 language than English.
2754 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2757 \begin_layout Standard
2758 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2759 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2761 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2762 LyX takes care of that.
2763 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2765 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2766 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2767 of a page, and so on.
2771 \begin_layout Standard
2772 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2777 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2778 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2782 of these pre-coded spacings.
2783 We'll explain more later.
2786 \begin_layout Subsection
2787 Paragraph Separation
2788 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2789 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2796 \begin_layout Standard
2797 To separate paragraphs, select
2812 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2814 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2815 name "Document ! Settings"
2821 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2822 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2823 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2826 \begin_layout Standard
2836 \begin_layout Standard
2837 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2839 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2840 reference "cap:Units"
2845 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2849 \begin_layout Subsection
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2857 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2858 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2861 dialog and toggle the
2866 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2867 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2868 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2872 \begin_layout Standard
2873 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2874 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2877 \begin_layout Subsection
2879 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2880 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2887 \begin_layout Standard
2890 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2892 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2893 name "Document ! Settings"
2899 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2908 \begin_layout Standard
2909 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2912 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2913 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2919 installed to use this feature.
2927 \begin_layout Section
2928 Paragraph Environments
2929 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2930 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2935 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2936 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2941 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2942 name "Paragraph environments|("
2949 \begin_layout Subsection
2953 \begin_layout Standard
2954 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2957 \begin_layout Standard
2977 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2978 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2979 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2988 also contains many more examples than this section does.
2991 \begin_layout Standard
2992 A paragraph environment is simply a
2993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3000 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3001 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3002 scheme, labels, and so on.
3003 Additionally, you can
3004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3011 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3012 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3013 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3014 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3015 days of typewriters.
3016 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3018 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3021 \begin_layout Standard
3022 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3024 LyX will change the environment of the
3028 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3029 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3030 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3034 \begin_layout Standard
3043 create a new paragraph using the
3047 paragraph environment.
3049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3056 because if you are in one of these environments:
3059 \begin_layout Itemize
3065 \begin_layout Itemize
3071 \begin_layout Itemize
3077 \begin_layout Itemize
3083 \begin_layout Itemize
3089 \begin_layout Itemize
3095 \begin_layout Itemize
3101 \begin_layout Standard
3102 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3106 , rather than resetting it to
3111 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3112 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3113 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3115 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3116 reference "sec:Nesting"
3121 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3126 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3127 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3135 \begin_layout Subsection
3139 \begin_layout Standard
3140 The default paragraph environment is
3145 It creates a plain paragraph.
3146 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3147 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3148 this manual) are in the
3155 \begin_layout Standard
3156 You can nest a paragraph using the
3160 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3168 \begin_layout Subsection
3170 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3171 name "Document !Title"
3178 \begin_layout Standard
3179 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3188 for thanks or contact information.
3189 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3190 page along with today's date.
3191 For other types of documents, the title
3192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3199 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3203 \begin_layout Standard
3204 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3218 Here's how you use them:
3221 \begin_layout Itemize
3222 Put the title of your document in the
3229 \begin_layout Itemize
3230 Put the author name in the
3237 \begin_layout Itemize
3238 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3239 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3245 Note that using this environment is optional.
3246 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3247 If you don't want any date, add the line
3257 to the preamble of your document (menu
3259 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3265 \begin_layout Standard
3266 You can use footnotes to insert
3267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3274 or contact informations.
3277 \begin_layout Subsection
3279 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3280 name "Section headings"
3285 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3293 \begin_layout Standard
3294 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3295 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3300 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3301 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3308 \begin_layout Standard
3309 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3313 \begin_layout Enumerate
3319 \begin_layout Enumerate
3325 \begin_layout Enumerate
3331 \begin_layout Enumerate
3337 \begin_layout Enumerate
3343 \begin_layout Enumerate
3349 \begin_layout Enumerate
3355 \begin_layout Standard
3356 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3357 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3358 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3361 \begin_layout Standard
3362 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3363 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3364 You group the book into chapters.
3365 LyX does similar grouping:
3368 \begin_layout Itemize
3373 is divided in either
3382 \begin_layout Itemize
3394 \begin_layout Itemize
3406 \begin_layout Itemize
3418 \begin_layout Itemize
3430 \begin_layout Itemize
3442 \begin_layout Standard
3443 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3446 \begin_layout Standard
3451 Not all document types use the
3455 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3460 is the top-level heading.
3468 \begin_layout Standard
3473 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3474 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3476 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3488 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3490 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3491 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3503 \begin_layout Enumerate
3509 \begin_layout Enumerate
3515 \begin_layout Enumerate
3521 \begin_layout Enumerate
3527 \begin_layout Enumerate
3533 \begin_layout Standard
3535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3542 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3543 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3544 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3546 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3554 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3555 Changing the Numbering
3556 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3557 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3564 \begin_layout Standard
3565 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3566 in the Table of Contents.
3567 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3569 Certain classes start with
3583 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3593 This is something you can change.
3596 \begin_layout Standard
3599 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3605 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3606 name "Document ! Settings"
3614 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3618 you'll see two counters.
3623 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3625 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3629 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3630 Short Titles of Headings
3631 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3632 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3640 \begin_layout Standard
3647 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3648 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3655 \begin_layout Standard
3656 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3657 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3658 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3659 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3662 \begin_layout Standard
3663 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3664 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3665 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3666 To specify a short title, use the menu
3668 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3673 This will insert a box labeled
3674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3689 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3690 This also works for captions inside floats.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3694 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3697 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3701 \begin_layout Standard
3702 The following information applies to all section headings:
3705 \begin_layout Itemize
3706 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3709 \begin_layout Itemize
3710 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3713 \begin_layout Itemize
3714 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3717 \begin_layout Itemize
3718 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3721 \begin_layout Subsection
3722 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3725 \begin_layout Standard
3726 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3740 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3741 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3742 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3743 the text they contain.
3744 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3752 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3755 \begin_layout Standard
3756 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3765 when you start a new paragraph.
3766 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3770 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3771 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3772 to change back to the
3776 environment yourself.
3779 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3789 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3795 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3803 \begin_layout Standard
3804 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3805 time for the differences.
3814 are identical except for one difference:
3818 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3827 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3830 \begin_layout Standard
3831 Here's an example of the
3844 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3846 See -- no indentation!
3850 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3851 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3852 the other paragraph.
3855 \begin_layout Standard
3856 Here's another example, this time in the
3863 \begin_layout Quotation
3869 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3870 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3871 the first line, then
3875 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3879 you were quoting other text.
3882 \begin_layout Quotation
3883 Here's a new paragraph.
3884 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3885 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3888 \begin_layout Standard
3889 As the examples show,
3893 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3894 They should put quotes in the
3899 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3903 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3906 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3912 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3913 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3920 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3926 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3934 \begin_layout Standard
3939 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3946 Which I did not rehearse!
3950 It could be much worse.
3951 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
3953 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
3954 indented a bit more than the first.
3955 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
3962 And make things look fine
3971 \begin_layout Standard
3976 does not indent both margins.
3977 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
3978 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
3989 \begin_layout Subsection
3991 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3997 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4005 \begin_layout Standard
4006 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4016 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4025 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4026 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4027 some general features of all four of them.
4030 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4034 \begin_layout Standard
4035 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4037 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4046 reset the environment to
4050 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4051 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4052 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4057 to break paragraphs.
4060 \begin_layout Standard
4061 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4062 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4064 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4065 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4067 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4068 reference "sec:Nesting"
4076 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4082 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4083 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4088 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4096 \begin_layout Standard
4097 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4101 paragraph environment.
4102 It has the following properties:
4105 \begin_layout Itemize
4106 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4111 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4114 \begin_layout Itemize
4115 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4119 \begin_layout Itemize
4120 The items can have any length.
4121 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4122 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4129 \begin_layout Itemize
4134 environment inside another
4138 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4142 \begin_layout Itemize
4143 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4146 \begin_layout Itemize
4147 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4150 \begin_layout Itemize
4151 See section\InsetSpace ~
4153 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4154 reference "sec:Nesting"
4158 for a full explanation of nesting.
4162 \begin_layout Standard
4163 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4172 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4175 \begin_layout Standard
4176 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4177 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4178 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4181 \begin_layout Itemize
4182 The label for the first level
4186 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4190 \begin_layout Itemize
4191 The label for the second level is a dash.
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4196 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4205 \begin_layout Itemize
4206 Back out to the third level.
4210 \begin_layout Itemize
4211 Back to the second level.
4215 \begin_layout Itemize
4216 Back to the outermost level.
4219 \begin_layout Standard
4220 These are the default labels for an
4225 You can customize these labels in the
4227 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4230 dialog in the submenu
4237 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4238 name "Document ! Settings"
4245 \begin_layout Standard
4246 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4247 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4248 in section\InsetSpace ~
4250 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4251 reference "sec:Nesting"
4258 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4264 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4265 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4270 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4271 name "sec:Enumerate"
4278 \begin_layout Standard
4283 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4284 It has these properties:
4287 \begin_layout Enumerate
4288 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4292 \begin_layout Enumerate
4293 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4297 \begin_layout Enumerate
4298 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4301 \begin_layout Enumerate
4306 environment resets the counter to one.
4309 \begin_layout Enumerate
4322 \begin_layout Enumerate
4323 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4324 Items can have any length.
4327 \begin_layout Enumerate
4328 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4331 \begin_layout Enumerate
4332 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4335 \begin_layout Enumerate
4336 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4349 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4350 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4357 \begin_layout Enumerate
4358 The first level of an
4362 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4367 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4371 \begin_layout Enumerate
4372 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4376 \begin_layout Enumerate
4377 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4380 \begin_layout Enumerate
4381 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4386 \begin_layout Enumerate
4387 Back to the third level
4391 \begin_layout Enumerate
4392 Back to the second level.
4396 \begin_layout Enumerate
4397 Back to the outermost level.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4406 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4411 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4415 \begin_layout Standard
4416 There is more to nesting
4420 environments than we've stated here.
4421 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4423 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4424 reference "sec:Nesting"
4428 to learn more about nesting.
4431 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4437 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4438 name "Lists ! Description"
4443 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4444 name "sec:Description-List"
4451 \begin_layout Standard
4452 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4456 list has no fixed label.
4457 Instead, LyX uses the first
4458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4465 of the first line as the label.
4469 \begin_layout Description
4470 Example: This is an example of the
4477 \begin_layout Standard
4478 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4482 \begin_layout Standard
4484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4491 it is meant that the first hit of the
4495 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4497 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4508 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4509 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4510 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4513 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4515 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4516 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4520 for more info.) Here is an example:
4523 \begin_layout Description
4525 Example: This one shows how to use a
4527 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4537 \begin_layout Description
4538 Usage: You should use the
4542 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4543 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4545 It's not a good idea to use a
4549 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4550 You're better off using
4562 paragraphs into them.
4565 \begin_layout Description
4566 Nesting: You can nest
4570 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4574 \begin_layout Standard
4575 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4576 them from the first line.
4579 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4585 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4586 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4591 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4599 \begin_layout Standard
4604 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4608 \begin_layout Standard
4617 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4618 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4621 \begin_layout Labeling
4622 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4624 labels LyX uses the first
4625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4632 of each line as the item label.
4637 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4638 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4639 blank as described above.
4642 \begin_layout Labeling
4643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4644 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4645 the body of the item text.
4646 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4647 label width plus a little extra space.
4651 \begin_layout Labeling
4652 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4654 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4656 If the label width is larger, the label
4657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4664 into the first line.
4665 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4666 margin of the rest of the item text.
4669 \begin_layout Labeling
4670 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4671 default\InsetSpace ~
4672 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4677 environment have the same left margin.
4679 To change the default width, select
4680 all items in the list.
4683 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4684 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4690 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4693 determines the default label width.
4694 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4703 multiple times instead.
4704 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4713 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4715 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4718 every time you alter a label in a
4724 The predefined default width is the length of
4725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4736 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4739 \begin_layout Standard
4744 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4745 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4753 \begin_layout Standard
4758 environment the same way like the
4762 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4768 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4772 \begin_layout Standard
4777 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4779 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4780 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4782 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4783 reference "sec:Nesting"
4787 to learn about nesting.
4790 \begin_layout Standard
4791 There is yet another feature of the
4795 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4797 You can use additional
4801 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4806 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4808 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4809 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4814 Here are some examples:
4817 \begin_layout Labeling
4818 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4819 Left The default for
4826 \begin_layout Labeling
4827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4834 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4837 \begin_layout Labeling
4838 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4847 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4850 \begin_layout Subsection
4852 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4860 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4873 \begin_layout Standard
4874 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4885 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4886 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4887 In contrast, you can use the
4896 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4897 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4901 \begin_layout Standard
4902 Of course, you're not limited to using
4917 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4918 some European academic papers.
4921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4923 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4924 name "sec:Address-Usage"
4931 \begin_layout Standard
4936 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4937 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4943 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4944 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4945 Here's an example of each:
4948 \begin_layout Right Address
4955 When is it? What is today?
4958 \begin_layout Standard
4965 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
4966 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
4967 Here's an example of the
4974 \begin_layout Address
4977 Where do I send this
4979 Your post office and country
4982 \begin_layout Standard
4983 As you can see, both
4992 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
4997 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5003 This makes sense, since
5011 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5012 Thus, you have to use
5022 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5023 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5031 menu) to start a new line in an
5043 \begin_layout Subsection
5047 \begin_layout Standard
5048 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5049 or list of references.
5050 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5053 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5057 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5065 \begin_layout Standard
5070 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5071 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5072 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5073 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5077 in anything else or vice versa.
5083 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5084 The book document classes ignores the
5088 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5092 in a letter document class.
5095 \begin_layout Standard
5100 environment does several things for you.
5101 First, it puts the centered label
5102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5110 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5112 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5113 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5114 the subsequent text.
5115 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5116 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5119 \begin_layout Standard
5120 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5124 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5125 The new paragraph will still be in the
5130 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5131 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5134 \begin_layout Standard
5135 \begin_inset Float figure
5140 \begin_layout Standard
5142 \begin_inset Graphics
5143 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5151 \begin_layout Standard
5152 \begin_inset Caption
5154 \begin_layout Standard
5155 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5156 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5177 \begin_layout Standard
5178 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5182 environment, but since this document is in the
5183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5190 class, we can't do this.
5191 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5193 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5194 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5199 If you've never heard of an
5200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5207 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5210 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5216 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5222 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5223 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5230 \begin_layout Standard
5235 environment is used to list references.
5236 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5237 only use it at the end of the document.
5242 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5245 \begin_layout Standard
5246 When you first open a
5250 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5266 depending on the document class.
5267 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5268 Each paragraph of the
5272 environment is a bibliography entry.
5277 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5278 Each new paragraph is still in the
5285 \begin_layout Standard
5286 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5287 in section\InsetSpace ~
5289 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5290 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5297 \begin_layout Subsection
5301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5302 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5307 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5315 \begin_layout Standard
5320 environment is another LyX extension.
5321 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5326 key as a fixed whitespace;
5330 \begin_layout Standard
5341 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5344 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5349 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5350 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5368 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5369 So, when you finish using the
5373 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5374 Also, you can nest the
5378 environment inside of others.
5381 \begin_layout Standard
5382 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5385 \begin_layout Itemize
5390 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5402 \begin_layout Itemize
5415 \begin_layout Itemize
5420 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5427 \begin_layout Itemize
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5438 You must put at least one
5442 in any line you want blank.
5443 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5446 \begin_layout Itemize
5447 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5451 since that will insert
5456 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5464 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5467 \begin_layout Standard
5471 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5475 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5479 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5483 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5487 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5488 printf("Hello World!
5493 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5497 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5501 \begin_layout Standard
5502 This is just the standard
5503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 \begin_layout Standard
5519 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5520 rc-files, and so on.
5521 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5522 as if you used a typewriter.
5523 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5524 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5531 \begin_layout Section
5532 Nesting Environments
5533 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5534 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5539 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5547 \begin_layout Subsection
5551 \begin_layout Standard
5552 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5554 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5556 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5558 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5570 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 \begin_layout Enumerate
5579 \begin_layout Enumerate
5583 \begin_layout Enumerate
5588 \begin_layout Enumerate
5592 \begin_layout Standard
5593 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5594 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5596 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5602 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5610 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5611 will tell you how far you are nested).
5612 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5613 \begin_inset Graphics
5614 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5619 \begin_inset Graphics
5620 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5624 or the convenient key bindings
5632 to change the nesting level.
5633 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5634 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5638 \begin_layout Standard
5639 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5640 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5641 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5642 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5645 \begin_layout Standard
5646 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5647 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5649 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5652 \begin_layout Subsection
5653 What You Can and Can't Nest
5656 \begin_layout Standard
5657 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5658 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5661 \begin_layout Standard
5662 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5663 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5664 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5667 \begin_layout Itemize
5668 Completely unnestable
5671 \begin_layout Itemize
5672 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5673 other things inside of them.
5676 \begin_layout Itemize
5677 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5681 \begin_layout Standard
5682 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5683 environments have them:
5686 \begin_layout Description
5687 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5688 Can't nest into them.
5692 \begin_layout Itemize
5698 \begin_layout Itemize
5704 \begin_layout Itemize
5712 \begin_layout Itemize
5718 \begin_layout Itemize
5724 \begin_layout Itemize
5732 \begin_layout Itemize
5738 \begin_layout Itemize
5744 \begin_layout Itemize
5750 \begin_layout Itemize
5756 \begin_layout Itemize
5762 \begin_layout Itemize
5768 \begin_layout Itemize
5774 \begin_layout Itemize
5780 \begin_layout Itemize
5786 \begin_layout Itemize
5792 \begin_layout Itemize
5799 \begin_layout Description
5801 Nestable You can nest them.
5802 You can nest other things into them.
5806 \begin_layout Itemize
5812 \begin_layout Itemize
5818 \begin_layout Itemize
5824 \begin_layout Itemize
5830 \begin_layout Itemize
5836 \begin_layout Itemize
5842 \begin_layout Itemize
5848 \begin_layout Itemize
5855 \begin_layout Description
5856 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5857 You can't nest anything into them.
5861 \begin_layout Itemize
5867 \begin_layout Itemize
5874 \begin_layout Itemize
5881 \begin_layout Standard
5886 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5900 \begin_layout Subsection
5901 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5903 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5908 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5909 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5916 \begin_layout Standard
5917 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5918 affected by nesting anyhow.
5922 \begin_layout Itemize
5926 \begin_layout Itemize
5930 \begin_layout Itemize
5934 \begin_layout Standard
5936 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5939 \begin_layout Standard
5944 If you put a figure or a table in a
5948 , this is no longer true.
5953 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
5955 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5956 reference "sec:Floats"
5960 for more informations about
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5968 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
5969 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
5973 \begin_layout Standard
5974 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
5975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 of its own, it behaves just like a
5983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5990 paragraph environment.
5991 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
5995 \begin_layout Standard
5996 Here's an example with a table:
5999 \begin_layout Enumerate
6004 \begin_layout Enumerate
6005 This is (a) and it's nested.
6009 \begin_layout Standard
6010 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6016 \begin_layout Standard
6018 \begin_inset Tabular
6019 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6023 <row topline="true">
6024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6027 \begin_layout Standard
6042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6045 \begin_layout Standard
6061 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6065 \begin_layout Standard
6080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6083 \begin_layout Standard
6106 \begin_layout Standard
6107 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6114 \begin_layout Enumerate
6116 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6120 \begin_layout Enumerate
6124 \begin_layout Standard
6125 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6128 \begin_layout Enumerate
6133 \begin_layout Enumerate
6134 This is (a) and it's nested.
6138 \begin_layout Standard
6139 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6145 \begin_layout Standard
6147 \begin_inset Tabular
6148 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6150 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6151 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6152 <row topline="true">
6153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6156 \begin_layout Standard
6171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6174 \begin_layout Standard
6190 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6194 \begin_layout Standard
6209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6212 \begin_layout Standard
6235 \begin_layout Standard
6236 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6242 \begin_layout Enumerate
6249 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6252 \begin_layout Enumerate
6256 \begin_layout Standard
6257 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6261 \begin_layout Standard
6262 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6264 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6267 \begin_layout Enumerate
6272 \begin_layout Enumerate
6273 This is (a) and it's nested.
6276 \begin_layout Standard
6277 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6283 \begin_layout Standard
6285 \begin_inset Tabular
6286 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6288 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6289 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6290 <row topline="true">
6291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6294 \begin_layout Standard
6309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6312 \begin_layout Standard
6328 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6332 \begin_layout Standard
6347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6350 \begin_layout Standard
6373 \begin_layout Standard
6374 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6380 \begin_layout Enumerate
6382 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6390 \begin_layout Enumerate
6394 \begin_layout Standard
6395 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6401 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6402 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6406 \begin_layout Subsection
6407 Usage and General Features
6408 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6409 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6416 \begin_layout Standard
6417 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6426 is the innermost possible depth.
6427 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6430 \begin_layout Enumerate
6431 level #1 - outermost
6435 \begin_layout Enumerate
6440 \begin_layout Enumerate
6445 \begin_layout Enumerate
6450 \begin_layout Itemize
6455 \begin_layout Itemize
6464 \begin_layout Standard
6465 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6466 both of them in the example.
6467 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6477 For example, if we tried to nest another
6482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6492 \begin_layout Subsection
6494 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6495 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6502 \begin_layout Standard
6503 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6504 We have several examples of nested environments.
6505 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6509 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6510 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6513 \begin_layout Labeling
6514 \labelwidthstring MMM
6515 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6524 \begin_layout Labeling
6525 \labelwidthstring MMM
6526 #2-a This is level #2.
6527 We created it by using
6539 \begin_layout Labeling
6540 \labelwidthstring MMM
6541 #3-a This is level #3.
6542 This time, we just hit
6551 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6564 \begin_layout Standard
6569 environment, nested inside of
6570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6578 So, it's at level #4.
6579 We did this by hitting
6587 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6592 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6608 \begin_layout Standard
6613 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6620 \begin_layout Labeling
6621 \labelwidthstring MMM
6622 #4-a This is level #4.
6627 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6632 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6636 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6641 keep nesting things inside of
6642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6653 \begin_layout Labeling
6654 \labelwidthstring MMM
6655 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6660 \begin_layout Labeling
6661 \labelwidthstring MMM
6662 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6663 and this is level #6.
6664 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6668 \begin_layout Labeling
6669 \labelwidthstring MMM
6670 #5-b Back to level #5.
6683 \begin_layout Labeling
6684 \labelwidthstring MMM
6693 , we're back at level #4.
6697 \begin_layout Labeling
6698 \labelwidthstring MMM
6699 #3-b Back to level #3.
6700 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6704 \begin_layout Labeling
6705 \labelwidthstring MMM
6706 #2-b Back to level #2.
6711 \begin_layout Labeling
6712 \labelwidthstring MMM
6713 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6714 After this sentence, we'll hit
6718 and change the paragraph environment back to
6725 \begin_layout Standard
6726 We could have also used the
6742 environment in place of the
6747 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6750 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6751 Example 2: Inheritance
6754 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6755 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6758 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6768 , after which, we'll change to the
6776 \begin_layout Enumerate
6781 environment, at level #2.
6784 \begin_layout Enumerate
6785 Notice how the nested
6789 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6793 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6797 \begin_layout Standard
6798 We ended this example by hitting
6803 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6807 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6814 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6815 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6827 \begin_layout Standard
6828 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6836 \begin_layout Enumerate
6837 This is level #1, in an
6841 paragraph environment.
6842 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6846 \begin_layout Enumerate
6857 Now, what happens if we nest an
6861 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6862 label be? An asterisk?
6866 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6877 So, its label is a bullet.
6878 (We got here by using
6886 , then changing the environment to
6894 \begin_layout Itemize
6895 Here's level #4, produced using
6904 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6909 \begin_layout Enumerate
6910 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6912 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6917 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6921 , because we are in the
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
6951 type of numbering does LyX use?
6954 \begin_layout Enumerate
6955 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
6959 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
6962 \begin_layout Enumerate
6967 to decrease the depth after the next
6975 \begin_layout Enumerate
6977 Look what type of label LyX is using!
6981 \begin_layout Enumerate
6983 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
6984 numeral as the label.Why?
6987 \begin_layout Enumerate
6988 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
6997 Notice, however, that LyX
7001 reset the counter for the label.
7005 \begin_layout Enumerate
7014 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7015 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7016 into the twofold-nested
7024 \begin_layout Enumerate
7025 The same thing happens if we do another
7033 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7036 \begin_layout Standard
7037 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7042 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7056 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7062 The same rule applies for the
7066 environment, as well.
7069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7070 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7073 \begin_layout Enumerate
7074 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7075 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7076 same detail with how we did it.
7085 \begin_layout Standard
7088 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7090 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7091 example in parentheses someplace.
7092 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7093 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7094 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7098 \begin_layout Enumerate
7103 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7108 Now we'll add verse.
7110 It will get much worse.
7114 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7120 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7122 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7134 \begin_layout Standard
7135 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7141 \begin_layout Standard
7143 \begin_inset Tabular
7144 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7152 \begin_layout Standard
7167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7170 \begin_layout Standard
7186 <row topline="true">
7187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7190 \begin_layout Standard
7205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7208 \begin_layout Standard
7235 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7239 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7245 \begin_layout Enumerate
7250 : level #1) This is another item.
7251 Note that selecting a
7255 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7256 3 times to put the table inside the
7264 \begin_layout Quotation
7265 We're now ending the
7269 list and changing to
7274 We're still at level #1.
7275 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7276 The next set of paragraphs is a
7277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7293 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7297 for the letter body.
7302 to preserve the depth.
7303 Remember that you need to use
7307 to create multiple lines inside the
7321 \begin_layout Right Address
7324 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7329 \begin_layout Address
7330 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7334 \begin_layout Quotation
7335 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7336 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7339 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7340 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7341 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7342 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7343 as soon as possible.
7344 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7347 \begin_layout Quotation
7348 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7349 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7350 with your order, along with payment.
7353 \begin_layout Quotation
7354 We thank you again for your patience.
7357 \begin_layout Address
7364 \begin_layout Quotation
7365 That ends that example!
7368 \begin_layout Standard
7369 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7370 just a few keystrokes.
7371 We could have easily nested an
7392 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7395 \begin_layout Section
7396 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7399 \begin_layout Subsection
7401 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7402 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7409 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7415 \begin_layout Standard
7416 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7417 in a uniform fashion.
7418 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7419 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7420 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7421 equally between themselves.
7425 \begin_layout Standard
7430 can be inserted with
7432 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7433 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7434 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7438 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7443 This is on the left side
7445 This is on the right
7468 \begin_layout Standard
7469 That was an example in the
7475 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7481 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7484 is one in a standard paragraph.
7485 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7489 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7492 \begin_layout Standard
7493 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7494 Here's an example with the
7501 \begin_layout Labeling
7502 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7514 \begin_layout Standard
7516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7523 marks the beginning of the item.
7524 (There is actually a
7525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7532 HFill inside of the label of the
7536 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7545 situations, like two-column mode.
7548 \begin_layout Standard
7549 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7552 \begin_layout Standard
7557 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7561 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7562 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7563 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7573 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7575 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7589 Other space variants
7590 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7591 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7598 \begin_layout Standard
7599 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7600 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7602 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7608 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7610 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7613 \begin_layout Paragraph
7617 \begin_layout Standard
7618 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7619 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7630 For example the command
7637 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7640 cm space within the following line:
7643 \begin_layout Standard
7645 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7652 \begin_layout Standard
7662 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7666 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7669 cm space between the arrows.
7672 \begin_layout Standard
7673 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7675 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7676 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7683 \begin_layout Paragraph
7687 \begin_layout Standard
7688 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7690 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7693 \begin_layout Standard
7694 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7697 What is correct English?:
7702 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7708 \begin_layout Standard
7724 \begin_layout Standard
7735 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7741 \begin_layout Standard
7742 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7753 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7760 In our case write the command
7767 (note the space after
7768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7775 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7776 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7777 That is why it is named
7778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7789 \begin_layout Standard
7790 There exists also the commands
7802 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7803 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7804 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7805 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7817 \begin_layout Subsection
7819 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7820 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
7827 \begin_layout Standard
7828 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7830 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7831 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7832 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7836 There you find the following sizes:
7839 \begin_layout Standard
7852 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7857 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7859 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7861 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7862 name "Document ! Settings"
7868 for the paragraph separation.
7869 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7880 \begin_layout Standard
7885 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7886 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7888 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7889 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7898 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7902 \begin_layout Standard
7907 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7909 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7910 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7919 If there are several
7923 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7924 You can therefore use
7928 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7931 \begin_layout Standard
7936 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7938 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7939 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7946 \begin_layout Standard
7947 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7950 \begin_layout Standard
7957 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
7958 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
7970 \begin_layout Subsection
7974 \begin_layout Standard
7975 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
7977 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7981 There are four possibilities:
7984 \begin_layout Itemize
7990 \begin_layout Itemize
7996 \begin_layout Itemize
8002 \begin_layout Itemize
8008 \begin_layout Standard
8009 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8010 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8011 the left and right margins.
8012 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8015 \begin_layout Standard
8017 This paragraph is right aligned,
8020 \begin_layout Standard
8022 this one is centered,
8025 \begin_layout Standard
8027 this one is left aligned.
8030 \begin_layout Subsection
8032 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8033 name "Pagebreaks ! Forced"
8038 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8039 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8046 \begin_layout Standard
8047 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8048 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8049 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8050 Only if you use many
8054 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8057 \begin_layout Standard
8058 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8059 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8063 have to change the pagebreaking.
8066 \begin_layout Standard
8067 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8069 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8072 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8077 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8078 that it fills out the complete page.
8079 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8080 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8081 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8092 \begin_layout Standard
8093 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8095 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8106 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8107 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8111 \begin_layout Standard
8112 normally one uses simply
8124 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8125 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8128 \begin_layout Standard
8129 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8130 at the top of a page.
8131 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8132 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8133 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8134 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8136 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8137 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8148 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8150 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8151 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8156 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8157 name "Pagebreaks ! Clear"
8164 \begin_layout Standard
8165 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8166 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8167 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8168 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8169 if necessary by adding pages.
8172 \begin_layout Standard
8173 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8175 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8176 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8181 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8183 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8184 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8189 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8190 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8193 \begin_layout Subsection
8195 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8201 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8202 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8209 \begin_layout Standard
8210 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8212 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8215 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8224 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8225 whole space between the page margins.
8226 This is necessary to avoid
8227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8234 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8235 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8247 The syntax is similar tho the command
8253 , described in the previous section.
8256 \begin_layout Standard
8257 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8258 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8259 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8260 set a linebreak, e.g.
8261 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8263 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8264 reference "sec:Quote"
8269 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8270 reference "sec:Verse"
8275 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8276 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8283 \begin_layout Subsection
8285 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8293 \begin_layout Standard
8294 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8295 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8296 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8297 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8299 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8303 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8305 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8306 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8311 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8312 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
8319 \begin_layout Standard
8320 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8321 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8322 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8323 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8324 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8326 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8327 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8332 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8333 In this case, insert one with
8335 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8336 Special\InsetSpace ~
8337 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8338 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8348 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8350 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8351 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8356 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8357 name "Spaces ! protected"
8364 \begin_layout Standard
8365 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8367 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8371 Further documentation is given in section
8374 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8375 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8397 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8398 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8407 A protected space is set with
8409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8410 Special\InsetSpace ~
8411 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8426 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8428 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8429 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8434 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8435 name "Spaces ! thin"
8442 \begin_layout Standard
8444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8451 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8461 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8462 inside abbreviations:
8466 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8468 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8469 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8473 \begin_layout Standard
8474 or between values and units.
8475 Compare for example this:
8477 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8483 \begin_layout Standard
8484 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8487 Special\InsetSpace ~
8488 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8499 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8503 \begin_layout Standard
8504 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8505 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8506 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8508 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8509 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8518 Te latter means to type
8522 space-insert <command>
8529 into the command buffer, where
8533 is one of the following:
8537 \begin_layout Standard
8539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8546 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8548 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8549 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8561 \begin_layout Standard
8563 \begin_inset Tabular
8564 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8566 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8567 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8568 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8569 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8573 \begin_layout Standard
8581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8584 \begin_layout Standard
8592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8595 \begin_layout Standard
8604 <row topline="true">
8605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8608 \begin_layout Standard
8616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8619 \begin_layout Standard
8626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8629 \begin_layout Standard
8636 <row topline="true">
8637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8640 \begin_layout Standard
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Standard
8658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8661 \begin_layout Standard
8668 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8672 \begin_layout Standard
8680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8683 \begin_layout Standard
8690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8693 \begin_layout Standard
8700 <row bottomline="true">
8701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8704 \begin_layout Standard
8712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8715 \begin_layout Standard
8722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8725 \begin_layout Standard
8732 <row bottomline="true">
8733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8736 \begin_layout Standard
8744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8747 \begin_layout Standard
8754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8757 \begin_layout Standard
8764 <row bottomline="true">
8765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8768 \begin_layout Standard
8776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8779 \begin_layout Standard
8786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8789 \begin_layout Standard
8796 <row bottomline="true">
8797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8800 \begin_layout Standard
8808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8811 \begin_layout Standard
8818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8821 \begin_layout Standard
8828 <row bottomline="true">
8829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8832 \begin_layout Standard
8840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8843 \begin_layout Standard
8850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8853 \begin_layout Standard
8867 \begin_layout Subsection
8869 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8870 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8875 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8876 name "Horizontal lines"
8883 \begin_layout Standard
8888 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8889 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8890 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8893 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8899 \begin_layout Section
8900 Fonts and Text Styles
8901 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8902 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8909 \begin_layout Subsection
8911 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8919 \begin_layout Standard
8920 There are two types of fonts:
8923 \begin_layout Description
8926 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8927 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8931 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8932 characters) in the font.
8933 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8934 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8935 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8936 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8937 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8938 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8939 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8940 provide a good image.
8942 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8943 size and scale them.
8944 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8945 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8946 sizes than at small ones.
8964 \begin_layout Description
8967 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8968 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
8972 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
8973 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8974 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8975 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8976 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8977 picture manipulation program.
8978 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8979 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8980 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8981 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8982 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8984 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8985 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8987 Bitmap fonts are named
8993 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
8996 \begin_layout Standard
8997 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
8998 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
8999 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9000 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9004 \begin_layout Standard
9005 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9006 its document properties.
9009 \begin_layout Standard
9010 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9011 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9012 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9013 font to emphasize text, you use an
9014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9022 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9023 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9027 \begin_layout Subsection
9028 Document Font and Font size
9029 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9030 name "sub:Document-Font"
9035 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9041 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9042 name "Document ! Font"
9049 \begin_layout Standard
9050 You can set the document fonts in the
9052 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9056 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9057 name "Document ! Settings"
9062 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9063 font shapes roman (serif),
9075 \begin_layout Standard
9076 The possible options for the font include
9080 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9085 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9107 European Computer Modern
9110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9120 \begin_layout Standard
9129 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9130 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9134 \begin_layout Standard
9135 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9140 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9146 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9147 There are three ways to use one:
9150 \begin_layout Itemize
9151 One way is to use the
9161 Virtual means that it
9162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9173 -glyphs from other fonts.
9174 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9195 \begin_layout Standard
9196 Loading the LaTeX-package
9199 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9200 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
9206 with the document preamble line
9209 \begin_layout Standard
9214 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9217 \begin_layout Standard
9218 will fix the guillemet problem.
9223 and that accented characters are not
9227 glyph, they are build of
9231 characters, the accent and the letter.
9232 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9236 fonts for words with accented characters.
9237 If you search for example for the French word
9238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9245 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9254 and not for the glyph
9255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9262 \begin_layout Standard
9272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9276 \begin_inset Note Note
9279 \begin_layout Standard
9287 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
9288 to be accented with the grave.
9290 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
9291 in section\InsetSpace ~
9293 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9306 \begin_layout Itemize
9307 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9311 \begin_layout Standard
9320 , consists of these three main font types
9347 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9348 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9355 The differences between roman,
9364 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9366 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9367 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9378 was originally designed for newspapers.
9379 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9380 into the small newspaper columns.
9386 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9389 \begin_layout Itemize
9390 The best solution is to use the
9395 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9402 \begin_layout Standard
9403 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9406 For the font size there are four possible values:
9423 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9426 \begin_layout Standard
9427 The font sizes are the
9432 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9433 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9434 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9440 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9442 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9443 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9450 \begin_layout Standard
9451 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9455 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9458 \begin_layout Standard
9463 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9467 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9468 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9469 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9471 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9474 dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
9476 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9477 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
9489 \begin_layout Subsection
9490 Using Different Character Styles
9491 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9492 name "Character Styles"
9497 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9505 \begin_layout Standard
9506 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9507 certain paragraph environments.
9508 LyX supports two character styles,
9517 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9521 \begin_layout Standard
9526 style, do one of the following:
9529 \begin_layout Itemize
9530 click on the toolbar button
9531 \begin_inset Graphics
9532 filename ../images/font-noun.png
9539 \begin_layout Itemize
9546 \begin_layout Standard
9547 These commands are all toggles.
9552 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9555 \begin_layout Standard
9556 One typically uses the
9560 style for proper names.
9562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9569 is the original author of LyX.
9570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9576 \begin_layout Standard
9577 A more widely used character style is the
9582 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9589 \begin_layout Itemize
9590 clicking on the toolbar button
9591 \begin_inset Graphics
9592 filename ../images/font-emph.png
9599 \begin_layout Itemize
9600 using the keybindings
9606 \begin_layout Standard
9611 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9612 es use a different font.
9615 \begin_layout Standard
9616 We've been using the
9620 style all over the place in this document.
9621 Here's one more example:
9624 \begin_layout Quotation
9627 Don't overuse character styles!
9630 \begin_layout Standard
9631 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9632 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9633 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9634 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9638 \begin_layout Standard
9639 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9646 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9653 \begin_layout Subsection
9654 Fine-Tuning with the
9659 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9660 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9665 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9673 \begin_layout Standard
9674 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9675 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9676 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9677 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9678 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9679 from ordinary dialog.
9682 \begin_layout Standard
9683 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9684 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9686 Documents that overuse
9687 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9688 has knocked huge holes in it.
9691 \begin_layout Standard
9692 To use custom character styles, open the
9694 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9699 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9700 font property which you can choose.
9701 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9706 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9711 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9712 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9713 environments in a snap.
9716 \begin_layout Standard
9717 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9729 \begin_layout Labeling
9730 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9744 The possible options are:
9748 \begin_layout Labeling
9749 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9754 This is the Roman font family.
9755 Normally a serif font.
9756 It's also the default family.
9761 \begin_layout Standard
9779 \begin_layout Standard
9787 \begin_inset Note Note
9790 \begin_layout Standard
9791 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9792 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9794 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9795 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9807 \begin_layout Labeling
9808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9816 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9823 \begin_layout Standard
9841 \begin_layout Standard
9851 \begin_layout Labeling
9852 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9859 This is the Typewriter font family.
9866 \begin_layout Standard
9884 \begin_layout Standard
9897 \begin_layout Labeling
9898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9903 This corresponds to the print weight.
9908 \begin_layout Labeling
9909 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9914 This is the Medium font series.
9915 It's also the default series.
9918 \begin_layout Labeling
9919 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9926 This is the Bold font series.
9933 \begin_layout Standard
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9962 \begin_layout Labeling
9963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9968 As the name implies.
9973 \begin_layout Labeling
9974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9979 This is the Upright font shape.
9980 It's also the default shape.
9983 \begin_layout Labeling
9984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9998 s the Italic font shape
10004 \begin_layout Labeling
10005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10012 This is the Slanted font shape
10014 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10017 \begin_layout Labeling
10018 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10026 This is the Small caps font shape
10033 \begin_layout Labeling
10034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10039 Alters the size of the font.
10040 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10041 nal to the document font size.
10042 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10043 what you want to do.
10048 \begin_layout Labeling
10049 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10071 \begin_layout Standard
10089 \begin_layout Standard
10100 \begin_layout Standard
10118 \begin_layout Standard
10128 \begin_layout Labeling
10129 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10151 \begin_layout Standard
10169 \begin_layout Standard
10179 \begin_layout Labeling
10180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10202 \begin_layout Standard
10220 \begin_layout Standard
10231 \begin_layout Standard
10249 \begin_layout Standard
10259 \begin_layout Labeling
10260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10282 \begin_layout Standard
10300 \begin_layout Standard
10311 \begin_layout Standard
10329 \begin_layout Standard
10339 \begin_layout Labeling
10340 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10354 It's also the default size.
10359 \begin_layout Standard
10377 \begin_layout Standard
10388 \begin_layout Standard
10406 \begin_layout Standard
10416 \begin_layout Labeling
10417 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10439 \begin_layout Standard
10457 \begin_layout Standard
10468 \begin_layout Standard
10486 \begin_layout Standard
10496 \begin_layout Labeling
10497 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10519 \begin_layout Standard
10537 \begin_layout Standard
10548 \begin_layout Standard
10566 \begin_layout Standard
10576 \begin_layout Labeling
10577 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10599 \begin_layout Standard
10617 \begin_layout Standard
10627 \begin_layout Labeling
10628 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10650 \begin_layout Standard
10668 \begin_layout Standard
10679 \begin_layout Standard
10697 \begin_layout Standard
10707 \begin_layout Labeling
10708 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10730 \begin_layout Standard
10748 \begin_layout Standard
10759 \begin_layout Standard
10777 \begin_layout Standard
10788 \begin_layout Standard
10793 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10794 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10795 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10796 - use that instead.
10797 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10800 \begin_layout Labeling
10801 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10806 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10811 \begin_layout Labeling
10812 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10819 This is text with emphasize on
10822 This might seem like the same as
10826 , but it is actually a bit different.
10832 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10834 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10837 \begin_layout Labeling
10838 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10845 This is text with Underbar on.
10852 \begin_layout Standard
10870 \begin_layout Standard
10883 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10884 when you couldn't change fonts.
10885 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10886 It's only included in LyX because some people
10890 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10893 \begin_layout Labeling
10894 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10901 This is text with Noun on.
10908 , this is a logical attribute.
10909 Normally it's equivalent to
10918 \begin_layout Labeling
10919 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10924 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10925 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10931 , which is the default
10932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10939 and means normally black, you can choose between
10972 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10973 name "Color ! Text"
10980 \begin_layout Labeling
10981 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10986 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10987 the language of the document.
10988 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10992 \begin_layout Standard
10993 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10994 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10996 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11000 dialog, the settings are saved.
11001 You can activate them using the toolbar button
11002 \begin_inset Graphics
11003 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11008 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11009 when the dialog isn't visible.
11013 \begin_layout Standard
11014 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11020 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11021 (suppose you just set the shape to
11022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11039 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11049 \begin_layout Standard
11050 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11067 \begin_layout Itemize
11073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11080 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11103 \begin_layout Standard
11116 \begin_layout Standard
11128 \begin_inset Note Note
11131 \begin_layout Standard
11132 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11134 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11135 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11149 \begin_layout Itemize
11154 fonts use characters with serifs.
11155 These are the small
11156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11163 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11164 The following example will show the difference:
11170 text without serifs
11174 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11175 They are therefore used as default font (named
11182 \begin_layout Itemize
11188 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11189 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11192 \begin_layout Standard
11193 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11194 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11197 \begin_layout Section
11198 Printing and Previewing
11201 \begin_layout Subsection
11205 \begin_layout Standard
11206 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11207 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11208 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11209 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11210 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11212 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11218 \begin_layout Standard
11219 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11220 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11221 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11222 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11223 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11224 This happens in two stages:
11227 \begin_layout Enumerate
11228 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11229 generating a file with the extension,
11230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11244 \begin_layout Enumerate
11245 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11249 file to produce printable output.
11253 \begin_layout Subsection
11254 Output file formats
11255 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11256 name "File formats"
11261 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11262 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11269 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11271 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11272 name "File formats ! ASCII"
11279 \begin_layout Standard
11280 This file type has the extension
11281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11293 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11297 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11304 \begin_layout Standard
11305 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11307 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11308 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11314 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11316 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11317 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
11324 \begin_layout Standard
11325 This file type has the extension
11326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11337 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11339 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11340 it manually with console commands.
11341 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11342 you view or export your document.
11345 \begin_layout Standard
11346 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11348 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11349 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11354 \begin_layout Standard
11366 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11368 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11369 name "File formats ! DVI"
11376 \begin_layout Standard
11377 This file type has the extension
11378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11398 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11399 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11400 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11402 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11406 \begin_layout Standard
11407 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11410 \begin_layout Standard
11415 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11416 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11421 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11422 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11423 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11424 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11427 \begin_layout Standard
11428 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11430 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11431 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11437 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11439 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11440 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11447 \begin_layout Standard
11448 This file type has the extension
11449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11461 PostScript was developed by the company
11465 as printer language.
11466 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11468 PostScript can be seen as
11469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11472 programming language
11473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11476 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11480 \begin_layout Standard
11481 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11487 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11488 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
11497 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11500 \begin_layout Standard
11501 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11505 Encapsulated PostScript
11506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11509 (EPS, file extension
11510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11522 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11523 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11524 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11525 whenever you view or export your document.
11526 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11527 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11528 EPS to avoid this problem.
11531 \begin_layout Standard
11532 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11534 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11535 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11541 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11543 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11544 name "File formats ! PDF"
11549 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11557 \begin_layout Standard
11558 This file type has the extension
11559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11575 Portable Document Format
11576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11579 (PDF) is developed by
11583 as derivative from PostScript.
11584 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11593 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11594 looks exactly the same.
11597 \begin_layout Standard
11598 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11602 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11606 (JPG, file extension
11607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11634 Portable Network Graphics
11635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11638 (PNG, file extension
11639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11651 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11652 in the background to one of these formats.
11653 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11654 will slow down your workflow.
11655 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11658 \begin_layout Standard
11659 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11661 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11664 in three different ways:
11667 \begin_layout Description
11668 PDF This uses the program
11672 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11673 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11677 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11678 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11681 \begin_layout Description
11683 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11687 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11691 \begin_layout Description
11693 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11697 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11700 \begin_layout Standard
11701 We recommend to use
11710 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11716 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11719 \begin_layout Subsection
11721 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11722 name "Document ! Preview "
11729 \begin_layout Standard
11730 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11731 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11735 and choose a file type.
11736 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11739 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11742 you can use the toolbar button
11743 \begin_inset Graphics
11744 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
11754 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11758 you can use the toolbar button
11759 \begin_inset Graphics
11760 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
11767 \begin_layout Standard
11768 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11769 viewer window using the menu
11771 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11777 \begin_layout Standard
11778 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11780 To have a real output, export your document.
11783 \begin_layout Subsection
11784 Printing the File from within LyX
11785 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11786 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11793 \begin_layout Standard
11794 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11795 it directly from within LyX.
11796 To print a file, select the menu
11798 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11801 or click on the toolbar button
11802 \begin_inset Graphics
11803 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
11808 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11809 This file is then processed by the program
11813 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11818 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11821 \begin_layout Standard
11822 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11823 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11824 printing one set to print on the other side.
11825 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11826 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11827 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11830 \begin_layout Standard
11831 You can set the parameters in the
11839 \begin_layout Labeling
11840 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11845 This is the name of the printer to print to.
11849 \begin_layout Standard
11850 Note that this printer name is for the program
11859 has to be configured for this printer name.
11860 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
11862 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11863 reference "sub:Printer"
11872 The printer should understand PostScript.
11875 \begin_layout Labeling
11876 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11881 The name of a file to print to.
11882 The output will be a PostScript file.
11883 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11887 \begin_layout Section
11888 A few Words about Typography
11889 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11897 \begin_layout Subsection
11899 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11905 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11913 \begin_layout Standard
11915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11926 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11941 \begin_layout Enumerate
11947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11961 \begin_layout Enumerate
11967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11976 \begin_layout Standard
11988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11994 \begin_layout Enumerate
12000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12009 \begin_layout Standard
12022 \begin_layout Standard
12034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12040 \begin_layout Enumerate
12044 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12064 \begin_layout Standard
12065 You generate them by inserting the
12066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12077 character multiple times in a row.
12078 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12079 final output, but not in LyX.
12082 \begin_layout Standard
12083 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12084 math mode and has a length of its own.
12085 Here are some examples of the
12086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12100 \begin_layout Enumerate
12101 line- and page-breaks
12110 \begin_layout Enumerate
12120 \begin_layout Enumerate
12121 Oh --- there's a dash.
12130 \begin_layout Enumerate
12131 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12143 \begin_layout Subsection
12145 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12151 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12152 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12159 \begin_layout Standard
12160 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12161 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12164 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12165 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
12171 following the rules of the document language
12175 \begin_layout Standard
12176 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12183 German\InsetSpace ~
12189 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12200 \begin_layout Standard
12201 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12206 and with unusual constructs, like
12207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12215 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12216 This is done with the menu
12218 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12219 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12220 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12224 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12225 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12228 \begin_layout Standard
12229 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12230 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12231 a hyphen and a space in the form
12232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12240 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12248 as hyphenation possibility.
12249 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12250 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12251 of the LaTeX-box-command
12257 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12258 As LyX doesn't support
12264 , we have to use ERT.
12265 The result looks in LyX like:
12268 \begin_layout Standard
12269 \begin_inset Graphics
12270 filename clipart/mbox.png
12277 \begin_layout Standard
12278 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12280 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12281 reference "sec:ERT"
12288 \begin_layout Subsection
12290 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12291 name "Punctuation marks"
12298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12299 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12300 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12301 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12308 \begin_layout Standard
12309 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12310 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12311 LaTeX then adds the
12312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12315 appropriate amount of space
12316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12320 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12322 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12325 \begin_layout Standard
12326 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12340 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12341 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12344 \begin_layout Standard
12345 Here are some examples of
12349 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12352 \begin_layout Itemize
12357 \begin_layout Itemize
12362 \begin_layout Standard
12363 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12366 \begin_layout Itemize
12369 this is too much space!
12372 \begin_layout Itemize
12377 \begin_layout Standard
12378 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12381 \begin_layout Standard
12382 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12385 \begin_layout Enumerate
12388 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12391 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12393 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12394 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12399 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12400 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
12407 \begin_layout Enumerate
12413 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12415 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12416 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12421 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12422 name "Spaces ! thin"
12429 \begin_layout Enumerate
12434 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12440 Special\InsetSpace ~
12443 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12444 This function is also bound to
12451 \begin_layout Standard
12452 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12455 \begin_layout Itemize
12456 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12457 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12458 this is too much space!
12461 \begin_layout Itemize
12462 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12466 \begin_layout Standard
12467 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12468 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12469 LaTeX will care about this.
12472 \begin_layout Standard
12473 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12476 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12480 feature described in section
12491 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12493 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12494 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12499 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12500 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12505 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12513 \begin_layout Standard
12514 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12515 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12516 and use a closing quote at the end.
12518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12526 The keyboard character,
12530 , generates this automatically.
12533 \begin_layout Standard
12534 You can change the behavior of the
12538 key using the submenu
12544 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12548 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12549 name "Document ! Settings"
12556 \begin_layout Standard
12557 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12562 There are six choices:
12565 \begin_layout Labeling
12566 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12578 Use quotes like this
12579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12587 \begin_inset Quotes els
12591 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12597 \begin_layout Labeling
12598 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12601 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12605 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12611 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12615 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12619 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12625 \begin_layout Labeling
12626 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12629 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12633 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12639 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12643 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12647 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12651 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12657 \begin_layout Labeling
12658 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12661 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12665 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12671 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12675 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12679 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12683 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12689 \begin_layout Labeling
12690 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12693 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12697 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12703 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12707 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12711 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12715 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12721 \begin_layout Labeling
12722 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12725 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12729 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12735 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12739 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12743 \begin_inset Quotes als
12747 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12753 \begin_layout Standard
12754 These settings affects what character the
12761 \begin_layout Subsection
12763 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12764 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12769 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12770 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12775 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12776 name "sub:Ligatures"
12783 \begin_layout Standard
12784 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12785 print them as single characters.
12786 These groups are known as
12791 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12793 Here are the standard ligatures:
12796 \begin_layout Itemize
12800 \begin_layout Itemize
12804 \begin_layout Itemize
12808 \begin_layout Itemize
12812 \begin_layout Itemize
12816 \begin_layout Standard
12817 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12820 \begin_layout Standard
12821 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12822 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12830 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12846 To break a ligature, use
12848 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12849 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12850 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12866 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12883 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12891 \begin_layout Subsection
12893 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12894 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12899 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12900 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12907 \begin_layout Standard
12908 You have surely noticed, that the word
12909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12916 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12917 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12918 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12926 \begin_layout Standard
12934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12938 \begin_inset Note Note
12941 \begin_layout Standard
12942 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
12943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12950 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
12951 To create proper names omit the ERT.
12956 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12960 \begin_layout Description
12961 LyX The name of the game, write
12962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12969 \begin_layout Standard
12977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12983 \begin_layout Description
12984 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12992 \begin_layout Standard
13000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13006 \begin_layout Description
13007 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
13008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13015 \begin_layout Standard
13023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13029 \begin_layout Description
13030 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13038 \begin_layout Standard
13046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13052 \begin_layout Standard
13053 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13066 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13067 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13068 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13071 : The actual version is
13072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13079 , the previous one was
13080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13090 \begin_layout Standard
13091 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13092 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13093 This will look in LyX like:
13094 \begin_inset Graphics
13095 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13101 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13103 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13104 reference "sec:ERT"
13111 \begin_layout Subsection
13113 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13114 name "Typography ! Units"
13121 \begin_layout Standard
13122 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13123 space between two words.
13124 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13134 for units use the menu
13136 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13137 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13148 \begin_layout Standard
13149 Here's an example to show the differences:
13152 \begin_layout Standard
13153 \begin_inset Tabular
13154 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13156 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13157 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13162 \begin_layout Standard
13165 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13176 \begin_layout Standard
13177 space between number and unit
13184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13187 \begin_layout Standard
13188 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13190 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13201 \begin_layout Standard
13202 half space between number and unit
13215 \begin_layout Subsection
13217 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13218 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
13223 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13231 \begin_layout Standard
13232 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13234 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13235 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13236 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13237 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13238 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13239 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13250 \begin_layout Standard
13251 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13252 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13253 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13254 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13255 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13256 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13257 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13260 \begin_layout Standard
13261 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13262 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13263 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13265 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13266 key "latexcompanion"
13272 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13277 ] may have more information.
13278 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13281 \begin_layout Chapter
13282 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13283 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13284 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13291 \begin_layout Standard
13292 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13297 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13300 \begin_layout Section
13302 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13308 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13316 \begin_layout Standard
13317 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13320 \begin_layout Description
13322 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13325 \begin_inset Note Note
13328 \begin_layout Standard
13329 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13337 \begin_layout Description
13338 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13339 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13341 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13342 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13343 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13348 \begin_inset Note Comment
13351 \begin_layout Standard
13352 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13360 \begin_layout Description
13361 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13362 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13367 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13370 \begin_layout Standard
13375 \begin_layout Standard
13376 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13377 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13378 How this can be done is explained in the
13387 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13396 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13397 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13400 \begin_layout Description
13401 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13403 \begin_inset Note Framed
13406 \begin_layout Standard
13407 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13412 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13414 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13415 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13419 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13423 \begin_layout Description
13424 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
13425 \begin_inset Note Shaded
13428 \begin_layout Standard
13429 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
13434 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
13435 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
13438 \begin_layout Standard
13439 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
13440 \begin_inset Graphics
13441 filename ../images/note-insert.png
13443 scaleBeforeRotation
13449 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13453 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
13456 \begin_layout Section
13458 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13464 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13465 name "sec:Footnotes"
13472 \begin_layout Standard
13473 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
13476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13479 or the toolbar button
13480 \begin_inset Graphics
13481 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
13494 \begin_inset Graphics
13495 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
13505 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13534 label, the box will
13538 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
13539 Clicking on the box label again, will close
13552 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13568 \begin_layout Standard
13569 Here's an example footnote:
13577 \begin_layout Standard
13578 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13586 \begin_layout Standard
13587 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13588 position where the footnote box is placed.
13589 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13590 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13591 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13592 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13593 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13598 ey are described in the
13605 \begin_layout Section
13607 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13608 name "Marginal notes"
13613 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13614 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
13621 \begin_layout Standard
13622 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13623 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13625 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13626 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13629 or the toolbar button
13630 \begin_inset Graphics
13631 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
13651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13658 appearing within your text.
13659 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13668 \begin_layout Standard
13669 At the side is an example marginal note.
13673 \begin_inset Marginal
13676 \begin_layout Standard
13677 This is a marginal note.
13685 \begin_layout Standard
13686 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13687 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13688 pages, right on odd pages.
13691 \begin_layout Section
13692 Graphics and Images
13693 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13699 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13705 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13706 name "sec:Graphics"
13713 \begin_layout Standard
13714 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13715 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13716 \begin_inset Graphics
13717 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
13723 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13727 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13730 \begin_layout Standard
13731 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13736 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13737 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13738 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13740 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13742 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13743 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13750 \begin_layout Standard
13755 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13756 of the image in the output.
13757 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13769 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13772 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13773 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13781 \begin_layout Standard
13782 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13787 You can also set the
13791 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13792 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13794 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13795 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13805 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13806 image size is printed.
13809 \begin_layout Standard
13810 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13811 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13813 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13814 centered paragraph:
13817 \begin_layout Standard
13819 \begin_inset Graphics
13820 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13823 rotateOrigin center
13830 \begin_layout Standard
13831 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13832 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13834 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13835 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13842 \begin_layout Subsection
13844 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13845 name "Image formats"
13850 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13851 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13858 \begin_layout Standard
13859 You can insert images in any known file format.
13860 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13862 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13863 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13867 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13868 LyX uses therefore the program
13872 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13873 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13874 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13876 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13877 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13884 \begin_layout Standard
13885 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13888 \begin_layout Description
13889 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13890 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13891 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13892 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13896 Graphics Interchange Format
13897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13900 (GIF, file extension
13901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13913 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13914 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13922 Portable Network Graphics
13923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13926 (PNG, file extension
13927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13939 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13940 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13948 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13952 (JPG, file extension
13953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13977 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13978 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13985 \begin_layout Description
13986 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13987 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13989 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13990 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
13991 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
13994 calable image formats can be
13995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13998 Scalable Vector Graphics
13999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14002 (SVG, file extension
14003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14015 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14016 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
14021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14024 Encapsulated PostScript
14025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14028 (EPS, file extension
14029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14041 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14042 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
14047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14050 Portable Document Format
14051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14054 (PDF, file extension
14055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14067 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14073 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14074 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14075 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14080 \begin_layout Standard
14081 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14089 \begin_layout Standard
14090 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14094 \begin_layout Section
14096 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14102 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14110 \begin_layout Standard
14111 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14112 \begin_inset Graphics
14113 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14124 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14125 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14126 from the rest of the table.
14127 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14128 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14130 Here's an example table:
14133 \begin_layout Standard
14135 \begin_inset Tabular
14136 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14142 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14146 \begin_layout Standard
14152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14155 \begin_layout Standard
14170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14173 \begin_layout Standard
14179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14182 \begin_layout Standard
14189 <row topline="true">
14190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14193 \begin_layout Standard
14208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14211 \begin_layout Standard
14217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14220 \begin_layout Standard
14226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14229 \begin_layout Standard
14236 <row topline="true">
14237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14240 \begin_layout Standard
14255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14258 \begin_layout Standard
14264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14267 \begin_layout Standard
14277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14280 \begin_layout Standard
14287 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14291 \begin_layout Standard
14306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14309 \begin_layout Standard
14315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14318 \begin_layout Standard
14324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14327 \begin_layout Standard
14341 \begin_layout Subsection
14345 \begin_layout Standard
14346 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14347 brings up the table dialog.
14348 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
14349 where the cursor is placed currently.
14350 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
14351 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14352 done on all of your selection.
14355 \begin_layout Standard
14356 Additionally to the table dialog the
14361 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
14363 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14364 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14365 delete lines via the table
14369 \begin_layout Standard
14375 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
14376 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
14377 current cell respectively.
14378 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
14380 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
14381 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
14383 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14384 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
14391 \begin_layout Standard
14392 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
14398 This will merge the cells to
14402 cell, spread over more than one column.
14403 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
14404 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
14405 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
14406 in the last row without the upper border:
14409 \begin_layout Standard
14411 \begin_inset Tabular
14412 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
14413 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
14414 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14415 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
14416 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14417 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14418 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14422 \begin_layout Standard
14428 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14431 \begin_layout Standard
14437 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14440 \begin_layout Standard
14446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14449 \begin_layout Standard
14456 <row topline="true">
14457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14460 \begin_layout Standard
14475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14478 \begin_layout Standard
14484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14487 \begin_layout Standard
14493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14496 \begin_layout Standard
14503 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14507 \begin_layout Standard
14513 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14516 \begin_layout Standard
14522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14525 \begin_layout Standard
14531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14534 \begin_layout Standard
14548 \begin_layout Standard
14549 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14550 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14551 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14552 explained in the tables section of the
14554 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14558 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14559 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14562 degrees counterclockwise.
14563 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14566 \begin_layout Standard
14567 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14570 \begin_layout Standard
14575 Most DVI-viewers are
14579 able to display rotations.
14587 \begin_layout Standard
14592 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14597 adds lines for all cell borders.
14600 \begin_layout Subsection
14602 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14603 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14608 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14616 \begin_layout Standard
14617 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14627 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14628 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14631 \begin_layout Description
14636 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14637 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14638 except for the first page, if
14646 \begin_layout Description
14652 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14653 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14656 \begin_layout Description
14661 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14662 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14663 except for the last page, if
14671 \begin_layout Description
14677 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14678 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14681 \begin_layout Standard
14682 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14683 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14684 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14685 The others will then be defined as
14690 In this context, first means first in this order:
14692 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14705 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14708 \begin_layout Standard
14710 \begin_inset Tabular
14711 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14712 <features islongtable="true">
14713 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14714 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14715 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14716 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14717 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14720 \begin_layout Standard
14723 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14728 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14731 \begin_layout Standard
14737 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14740 \begin_layout Standard
14747 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14748 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14751 \begin_layout Standard
14759 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14762 \begin_layout Standard
14768 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14771 \begin_layout Standard
14780 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14781 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14784 \begin_layout Standard
14792 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14795 \begin_layout Standard
14801 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14804 \begin_layout Standard
14811 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14812 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14815 \begin_layout Standard
14823 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14826 \begin_layout Standard
14832 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14835 \begin_layout Standard
14844 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14845 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14848 \begin_layout Standard
14856 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14859 \begin_layout Standard
14865 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14868 \begin_layout Standard
14875 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14879 \begin_layout Standard
14887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14890 \begin_layout Standard
14896 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14899 \begin_layout Standard
14906 <row bottomline="true">
14907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14910 \begin_layout Standard
14918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14921 \begin_layout Standard
14927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14930 \begin_layout Standard
14937 <row bottomline="true">
14938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14941 \begin_layout Standard
14949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14952 \begin_layout Standard
14958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14961 \begin_layout Standard
14968 <row bottomline="true">
14969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14972 \begin_layout Standard
14980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14983 \begin_layout Standard
14989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14992 \begin_layout Standard
14999 <row bottomline="true">
15000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15003 \begin_layout Standard
15011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15014 \begin_layout Standard
15020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15023 \begin_layout Standard
15030 <row bottomline="true">
15031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15045 \begin_layout Standard
15051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15054 \begin_layout Standard
15061 <row bottomline="true">
15062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15065 \begin_layout Standard
15073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15076 \begin_layout Standard
15082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15085 \begin_layout Standard
15092 <row bottomline="true">
15093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15096 \begin_layout Standard
15104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15107 \begin_layout Standard
15113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15116 \begin_layout Standard
15123 <row bottomline="true">
15124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15127 \begin_layout Standard
15135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15138 \begin_layout Standard
15144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15147 \begin_layout Standard
15154 <row bottomline="true">
15155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15158 \begin_layout Standard
15166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15169 \begin_layout Standard
15175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15178 \begin_layout Standard
15185 <row bottomline="true">
15186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15189 \begin_layout Standard
15197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15200 \begin_layout Standard
15206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15209 \begin_layout Standard
15216 <row bottomline="true">
15217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15220 \begin_layout Standard
15228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15231 \begin_layout Standard
15237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15240 \begin_layout Standard
15247 <row bottomline="true">
15248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15251 \begin_layout Standard
15259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15262 \begin_layout Standard
15268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15271 \begin_layout Standard
15278 <row bottomline="true">
15279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15282 \begin_layout Standard
15290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15293 \begin_layout Standard
15299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15302 \begin_layout Standard
15309 <row bottomline="true">
15310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15313 \begin_layout Standard
15321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15324 \begin_layout Standard
15330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15333 \begin_layout Standard
15340 <row bottomline="true">
15341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15344 \begin_layout Standard
15352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15355 \begin_layout Standard
15361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15364 \begin_layout Standard
15371 <row bottomline="true">
15372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15375 \begin_layout Standard
15383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15386 \begin_layout Standard
15392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15395 \begin_layout Standard
15402 <row bottomline="true">
15403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15406 \begin_layout Standard
15414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15417 \begin_layout Standard
15423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15426 \begin_layout Standard
15433 <row bottomline="true">
15434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15437 \begin_layout Standard
15445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15448 \begin_layout Standard
15454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15457 \begin_layout Standard
15464 <row bottomline="true">
15465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15468 \begin_layout Standard
15476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15479 \begin_layout Standard
15485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15488 \begin_layout Standard
15495 <row bottomline="true">
15496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15499 \begin_layout Standard
15507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15510 \begin_layout Standard
15516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15519 \begin_layout Standard
15526 <row bottomline="true">
15527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15530 \begin_layout Standard
15538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15541 \begin_layout Standard
15547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15550 \begin_layout Standard
15557 <row bottomline="true">
15558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15561 \begin_layout Standard
15569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15572 \begin_layout Standard
15578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15581 \begin_layout Standard
15588 <row bottomline="true">
15589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15592 \begin_layout Standard
15600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15603 \begin_layout Standard
15609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15612 \begin_layout Standard
15619 <row bottomline="true">
15620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15623 \begin_layout Standard
15631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15634 \begin_layout Standard
15640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15643 \begin_layout Standard
15650 <row bottomline="true">
15651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15654 \begin_layout Standard
15662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15665 \begin_layout Standard
15671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15674 \begin_layout Standard
15681 <row bottomline="true">
15682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15685 \begin_layout Standard
15693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15696 \begin_layout Standard
15702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15705 \begin_layout Standard
15712 <row bottomline="true">
15713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15716 \begin_layout Standard
15724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15727 \begin_layout Standard
15733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15736 \begin_layout Standard
15743 <row bottomline="true">
15744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15747 \begin_layout Standard
15755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15758 \begin_layout Standard
15764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15767 \begin_layout Standard
15774 <row bottomline="true">
15775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15778 \begin_layout Standard
15786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15789 \begin_layout Standard
15795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15798 \begin_layout Standard
15805 <row bottomline="true">
15806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15809 \begin_layout Standard
15817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15820 \begin_layout Standard
15826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15829 \begin_layout Standard
15836 <row bottomline="true">
15837 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15840 \begin_layout Standard
15846 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15849 \begin_layout Standard
15855 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15858 \begin_layout Standard
15865 <row bottomline="true">
15866 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15869 \begin_layout Standard
15877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15880 \begin_layout Standard
15886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15889 \begin_layout Standard
15896 <row bottomline="true">
15897 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15900 \begin_layout Standard
15908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15911 \begin_layout Standard
15917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15920 \begin_layout Standard
15927 <row bottomline="true">
15928 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15931 \begin_layout Standard
15939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15942 \begin_layout Standard
15948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15951 \begin_layout Standard
15958 <row bottomline="true">
15959 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15962 \begin_layout Standard
15970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15973 \begin_layout Standard
15979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15982 \begin_layout Standard
15989 <row bottomline="true">
15990 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15993 \begin_layout Standard
16001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16004 \begin_layout Standard
16010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16013 \begin_layout Standard
16020 <row bottomline="true">
16021 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16024 \begin_layout Standard
16032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16035 \begin_layout Standard
16041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16044 \begin_layout Standard
16051 <row bottomline="true">
16052 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16055 \begin_layout Standard
16063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16066 \begin_layout Standard
16072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16075 \begin_layout Standard
16082 <row bottomline="true">
16083 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16086 \begin_layout Standard
16094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16097 \begin_layout Standard
16103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16106 \begin_layout Standard
16113 <row bottomline="true">
16114 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16117 \begin_layout Standard
16125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16128 \begin_layout Standard
16134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16137 \begin_layout Standard
16144 <row bottomline="true">
16145 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16148 \begin_layout Standard
16156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16159 \begin_layout Standard
16165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16168 \begin_layout Standard
16175 <row bottomline="true">
16176 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16179 \begin_layout Standard
16187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16190 \begin_layout Standard
16196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16199 \begin_layout Standard
16206 <row bottomline="true">
16207 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16210 \begin_layout Standard
16218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16221 \begin_layout Standard
16227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16230 \begin_layout Standard
16237 <row bottomline="true">
16238 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16241 \begin_layout Standard
16249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16252 \begin_layout Standard
16258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16261 \begin_layout Standard
16268 <row bottomline="true">
16269 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16272 \begin_layout Standard
16280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16283 \begin_layout Standard
16289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16292 \begin_layout Standard
16299 <row bottomline="true">
16300 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16303 \begin_layout Standard
16311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16314 \begin_layout Standard
16320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16323 \begin_layout Standard
16330 <row bottomline="true">
16331 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16334 \begin_layout Standard
16342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16345 \begin_layout Standard
16351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16354 \begin_layout Standard
16361 <row bottomline="true">
16362 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16365 \begin_layout Standard
16373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16376 \begin_layout Standard
16382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16385 \begin_layout Standard
16392 <row bottomline="true">
16393 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16396 \begin_layout Standard
16404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16407 \begin_layout Standard
16413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16416 \begin_layout Standard
16423 <row bottomline="true">
16424 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16427 \begin_layout Standard
16435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Standard
16444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16447 \begin_layout Standard
16454 <row bottomline="true">
16455 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16458 \begin_layout Standard
16466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16469 \begin_layout Standard
16475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16478 \begin_layout Standard
16485 <row bottomline="true">
16486 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16489 \begin_layout Standard
16497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16500 \begin_layout Standard
16506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16509 \begin_layout Standard
16516 <row bottomline="true">
16517 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16520 \begin_layout Standard
16528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16531 \begin_layout Standard
16537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16540 \begin_layout Standard
16547 <row bottomline="true">
16548 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16551 \begin_layout Standard
16559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16562 \begin_layout Standard
16568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16571 \begin_layout Standard
16578 <row bottomline="true">
16579 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16582 \begin_layout Standard
16590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16593 \begin_layout Standard
16599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16602 \begin_layout Standard
16609 <row bottomline="true">
16610 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16613 \begin_layout Standard
16621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16624 \begin_layout Standard
16630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16633 \begin_layout Standard
16640 <row bottomline="true">
16641 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16644 \begin_layout Standard
16652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16655 \begin_layout Standard
16661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16664 \begin_layout Standard
16671 <row bottomline="true">
16672 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16675 \begin_layout Standard
16683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16686 \begin_layout Standard
16692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16695 \begin_layout Standard
16702 <row bottomline="true">
16703 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16706 \begin_layout Standard
16714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16717 \begin_layout Standard
16723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16726 \begin_layout Standard
16733 <row bottomline="true">
16734 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16737 \begin_layout Standard
16745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16748 \begin_layout Standard
16754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16757 \begin_layout Standard
16764 <row bottomline="true">
16765 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Standard
16776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout Standard
16785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout Standard
16795 <row bottomline="true">
16796 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout Standard
16807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16810 \begin_layout Standard
16816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout Standard
16826 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16827 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16830 \begin_layout Standard
16838 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout Standard
16847 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16850 \begin_layout Standard
16864 \begin_layout Subsection
16866 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16867 name "Tables ! Cells"
16872 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16873 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16880 \begin_layout Standard
16881 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16882 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16883 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16884 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16888 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16889 for the cell's paragraph.
16892 \begin_layout Standard
16893 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16894 for the column in the table dialog.
16895 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16896 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16900 \begin_layout Standard
16902 \begin_inset Tabular
16903 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16905 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16906 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16907 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16908 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16912 \begin_layout Standard
16927 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Standard
16945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16948 \begin_layout Standard
16965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16968 \begin_layout Standard
16983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16986 \begin_layout Standard
16996 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17004 \begin_layout Standard
17020 <row bottomline="true">
17021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17024 \begin_layout Standard
17039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17042 \begin_layout Standard
17052 This is longer now.
17057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17060 \begin_layout Standard
17076 <row bottomline="true">
17077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17080 \begin_layout Standard
17095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17098 \begin_layout Standard
17108 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17109 This is longer now.
17114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17117 \begin_layout Standard
17140 \begin_layout Standard
17141 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17142 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17143 Selection with the mouse or with
17147 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17148 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17149 the selection from outside the table.
17152 \begin_layout Section
17154 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17160 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17168 \begin_layout Standard
17169 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17170 have a fixed location.
17172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17179 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17186 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17189 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17190 too much notes at the page.
17193 \begin_layout Standard
17194 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17195 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17196 and pages without text.
17197 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17198 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17199 Floats are therefore numbered.
17200 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17202 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17203 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17210 \begin_layout Standard
17211 To insert a float, use the menu
17213 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17217 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17223 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17228 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
17229 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
17231 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
17232 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17233 name "Floats ! Captions"
17237 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
17238 paragraph within the float.
17239 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
17240 by left-clicking on the box label.
17241 A closed float box looks like this:
17242 \begin_inset Graphics
17243 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
17248 -- a gray button with a red label.
17251 \begin_layout Standard
17252 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
17253 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
17256 \begin_layout Subsection
17260 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17262 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17263 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
17268 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17269 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
17276 \begin_layout Standard
17279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17280 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17283 inserts a float with the label
17284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17289 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17297 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
17298 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
17299 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
17301 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17302 reference "cap:Platypus"
17307 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
17308 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
17309 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
17311 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17312 reference "cap:Escher"
17319 \begin_layout Standard
17320 \begin_inset Float figure
17325 \begin_layout Standard
17327 \begin_inset Graphics
17328 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17331 rotateOrigin center
17338 \begin_layout Standard
17339 \begin_inset Caption
17341 \begin_layout Standard
17342 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17343 name "cap:Platypus"
17347 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
17360 \begin_layout Standard
17361 \begin_inset Float figure
17366 \begin_layout Standard
17367 \begin_inset Caption
17369 \begin_layout Standard
17370 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17384 \begin_layout Standard
17386 \begin_inset Graphics
17387 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17390 rotateOrigin center
17402 \begin_layout Standard
17403 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
17405 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
17407 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17408 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17412 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
17414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17417 and refer to it using the menu
17419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17423 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
17425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17432 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
17434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17444 \begin_layout Standard
17445 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
17446 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
17447 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
17453 in the appearing dialog, use the option
17457 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
17458 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17460 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17461 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17465 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
17466 You can also set the images one below the other.
17469 \begin_layout Standard
17470 \begin_inset Float figure
17475 \begin_layout Standard
17479 \begin_inset Graphics
17480 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17483 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
17490 \begin_inset Graphics
17491 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17495 subcaptionText "Platypus"
17504 \begin_layout Standard
17505 \begin_inset Caption
17507 \begin_layout Standard
17508 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17509 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17513 Two distorted images.
17526 \begin_layout Standard
17527 Note that the caption is added to the
17533 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17535 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17536 reference "sec:ListsOf"
17543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17545 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17546 name "Floats ! Table floats"
17551 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17552 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17559 \begin_layout Standard
17560 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17563 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17567 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17571 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17572 reference "cap:Table-float"
17576 is an example of a table float.
17579 \begin_layout Standard
17580 \begin_inset Float table
17585 \begin_layout Standard
17586 \begin_inset Caption
17588 \begin_layout Standard
17589 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17590 name "cap:Table-float"
17602 \begin_layout Standard
17604 \begin_inset Tabular
17605 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17607 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17608 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17609 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17610 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17614 \begin_layout Standard
17629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17632 \begin_layout Standard
17647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17650 \begin_layout Standard
17666 <row topline="true">
17667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17670 \begin_layout Standard
17685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17688 \begin_layout Standard
17703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17706 \begin_layout Standard
17722 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17726 \begin_layout Standard
17736 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17747 \begin_layout Standard
17757 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17759 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17770 \begin_layout Standard
17780 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17801 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17803 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17804 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17811 \begin_layout Standard
17812 This float type is inserted with the menu
17814 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17815 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17819 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17820 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17824 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17826 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17827 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17834 \begin_layout Standard
17835 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17838 \begin_layout Standard
17843 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17849 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17852 \begin_layout Standard
17857 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17861 \begin_layout Standard
17862 to the document preamble (menu
17864 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17888 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17890 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17891 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17896 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17897 name "sec:floatflt"
17904 \begin_layout Standard
17905 This float type is used if you want to
17906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17913 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17915 It can be inserted using the menu
17916 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17921 \begin_layout Standard
17922 \begin_inset Graphics
17923 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17926 rotateOrigin center
17933 \begin_layout Standard
17934 \begin_inset Caption
17936 \begin_layout Standard
17937 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17938 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17942 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17944 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17959 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17960 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17965 if the LaTeX-package
17970 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17971 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17979 \begin_layout Standard
17980 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17990 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
17992 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17994 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17995 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17999 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
18000 wrap float with a width of 40
18001 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
18008 \begin_layout Standard
18009 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
18011 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18012 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
18021 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
18025 \begin_layout Standard
18030 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18031 If you need this, read the documentation of
18036 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18044 \begin_layout Standard
18045 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18048 \begin_layout Standard
18054 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18055 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18056 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18057 over some other text.
18061 \begin_layout Standard
18062 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18067 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18068 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
18076 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18089 \begin_layout Itemize
18090 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18091 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18092 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18093 breaks will appear.
18096 \begin_layout Itemize
18097 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18098 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18101 \begin_layout Itemize
18102 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18103 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18106 \begin_layout Itemize
18107 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18110 \begin_layout Subsection
18112 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18113 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18118 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18119 name "Floats ! Rotating"
18126 \begin_layout Standard
18127 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18128 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18131 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18137 \begin_layout Standard
18138 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18139 a two-column document).
18140 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
18141 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
18148 \begin_layout Standard
18149 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
18150 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
18152 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18153 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
18157 is an example of a rotated table float.
18160 \begin_layout Standard
18161 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18164 \begin_layout Standard
18169 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
18177 \begin_layout Standard
18178 \begin_inset Float table
18183 \begin_layout Standard
18184 \begin_inset Caption
18186 \begin_layout Standard
18187 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18188 name "cap:Rotated-table"
18200 \begin_layout Standard
18202 \begin_inset Tabular
18203 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
18205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
18210 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Standard
18220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Standard
18229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18232 \begin_layout Standard
18238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Standard
18247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Standard
18269 \begin_layout Subsection
18271 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18272 name "sub:Float-Placement"
18277 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18278 name "Floats ! Placement"
18285 \begin_layout Standard
18286 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
18287 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
18294 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
18295 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
18300 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18303 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
18305 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18306 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18313 \begin_layout Standard
18314 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
18315 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
18318 default\InsetSpace ~
18324 \begin_layout Description
18327 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
18330 \begin_layout Description
18333 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
18336 \begin_layout Description
18337 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18339 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
18342 \begin_layout Description
18345 floats: try to place the float on an own page
18348 \begin_layout Standard
18349 The order of the above option is
18354 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
18367 , and then the others.
18368 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
18370 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
18371 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
18374 \begin_layout Standard
18375 By default, each options has its own rules:
18378 \begin_layout Standard
18385 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18386 % of the page can be placed at the top
18390 \begin_layout Standard
18393 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18397 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18398 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
18402 \begin_layout Standard
18409 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18410 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
18411 can be set together on a page.
18414 \begin_layout Standard
18415 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
18418 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
18425 \begin_layout Standard
18426 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
18427 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
18428 For this case you can use the option
18434 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
18436 Because the float is then no longer able to
18437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18444 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
18447 \begin_layout Standard
18448 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
18449 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
18452 \begin_layout Standard
18453 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
18455 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18456 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
18463 \begin_layout Section
18465 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18471 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18472 name "sec:Minipages"
18479 \begin_layout Standard
18480 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
18482 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
18487 \begin_layout Standard
18488 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
18490 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18494 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
18495 and its alignment within the page.
18498 \begin_layout Standard
18500 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18509 height_special "totalheight"
18512 \begin_layout Standard
18515 This is a minipage.
18516 The text is set in an italic style.
18519 \begin_layout Standard
18522 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
18523 another formatting.
18531 \begin_layout Standard
18532 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18535 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
18539 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18541 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18542 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
18547 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18553 \begin_layout Standard
18554 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18563 height_special "totalheight"
18566 \begin_layout Standard
18567 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18568 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18576 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18585 height_special "totalheight"
18588 \begin_layout Standard
18589 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18590 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18598 \begin_layout Standard
18599 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
18605 \begin_layout Standard
18606 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
18607 to other box types.
18608 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
18619 \begin_layout Chapter
18620 Mathematical Formulas
18621 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18627 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18628 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18633 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18634 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18641 \begin_layout Section
18643 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18644 name "Math ! Basics"
18651 \begin_layout Standard
18652 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18653 \begin_inset Graphics
18654 filename ../images/math-mode.png
18659 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18661 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18662 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18663 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18671 \begin_layout Standard
18672 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
18678 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
18681 \begin_layout Standard
18682 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18683 line, like this one:
18686 \begin_layout Standard
18687 This is a line with an inline formula
18688 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18694 \begin_layout Standard
18695 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18697 \begin_inset Formula \[
18702 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18705 \begin_layout Standard
18706 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18722 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18723 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18727 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18735 \begin_layout Subsection
18736 Navigating in Formulas
18737 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18738 name "Math ! Navigating"
18745 \begin_layout Standard
18746 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18747 achieved with the arrow keys.
18748 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18749 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18754 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18755 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18759 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18763 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18765 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18773 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18778 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18779 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18782 \begin_layout Standard
18787 , printed in this document as
18788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18795 \begin_layout Standard
18805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18809 \begin_inset Note Note
18812 \begin_layout Standard
18813 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18814 space character (visible space).
18819 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18820 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18821 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18826 For example, if you want
18827 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18838 \begin_layout Standard
18857 \begin_layout Standard
18870 \begin_layout Standard
18881 , since in the latter case only the
18884 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18889 will be under the square root sign:
18890 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18896 \begin_layout Standard
18897 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18899 \begin_inset Formula \[
18900 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18903 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18907 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18908 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18911 \begin_layout Subsection
18915 \begin_layout Standard
18916 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18917 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18921 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18922 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18923 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18924 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18925 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18928 \begin_layout Subsection
18929 Exponents and Subscripts
18930 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18931 name "Math ! Exponents"
18936 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18937 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18944 \begin_layout Standard
18945 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18946 way is to use a command.
18948 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18951 , type in a formula
18957 \begin_layout Standard
18973 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18979 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18983 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18992 \begin_layout Standard
19004 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
19006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19013 , you have to use an extra
19017 to separate the hat and the character.
19020 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
19029 \begin_layout Standard
19041 Subscripts are similar: To get
19042 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19051 \begin_layout Standard
19065 \begin_layout Subsection
19067 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19068 name "Math ! Fractions"
19075 \begin_layout Standard
19076 Create a fraction with either the command
19083 \begin_inset Graphics
19084 filename ../images/math/frac.png
19095 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
19096 The cursor is above the fraction line.
19097 To move it to the bottom, simply press
19102 To move back up, press
19107 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19108 \begin_inset Formula \[
19109 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19111 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19118 \begin_layout Subsection
19120 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19121 name "Math ! Roots"
19128 \begin_layout Standard
19129 Roots can be created using the
19135 \begin_inset Graphics
19136 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
19159 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
19165 produces always a square root.
19168 \begin_layout Subsection
19169 Operators with Limits
19170 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19176 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19177 name "Math ! Integrals"
19182 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19183 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19190 \begin_layout Standard
19192 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
19196 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
19199 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
19200 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
19201 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
19202 The sum operator will automatically place its
19203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19210 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
19213 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
19217 \begin_inset Formula \[
19218 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
19222 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
19226 \begin_layout Standard
19227 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
19229 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
19230 behind the operator and hitting
19236 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19237 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19238 Change\InsetSpace ~
19239 Limits\InsetSpace ~
19245 \begin_layout Standard
19246 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
19247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19254 feature as addition, such as
19255 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19256 name "Math ! Limits"
19261 \begin_inset Formula \[
19262 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
19266 which will place the
19267 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
19271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19279 In inline formulas it looks like this:
19280 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
19286 \begin_layout Standard
19287 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
19294 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
19296 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19297 reference "sub:Functions"
19301 for an explanation of function macros.
19304 \begin_layout Subsection
19306 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19307 name "Math ! Symbols"
19314 \begin_layout Standard
19315 Most math symbols can be found in the
19320 under one of several categories; including
19337 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19341 \begin_layout Standard
19342 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
19343 you don't have to use the
19348 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
19349 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
19352 \begin_layout Subsection
19354 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19355 name "Math ! Spaces"
19360 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19361 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
19368 \begin_layout Standard
19369 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
19381 \begin_inset Graphics
19382 filename ../images/math/space.png
19387 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
19388 Here a example for the sequence
19393 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19397 \begin_inset Graphics
19398 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
19403 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
19404 the space marker and hit space again several times.
19405 With every space hit the size will be changed.
19406 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
19411 \begin_layout Standard
19421 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19427 \begin_layout Standard
19437 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19443 \begin_layout Subsection
19445 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19446 name "Math ! Functions"
19451 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19452 name "sub:Functions"
19459 \begin_layout Standard
19465 contains under the button
19466 \begin_inset Graphics
19467 filename ../images/math/functions.png
19471 a number of functions, such as
19472 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19476 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19484 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
19491 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
19492 avoid confusions, because
19493 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19497 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
19503 \begin_layout Standard
19504 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
19506 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
19510 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
19516 \begin_layout Standard
19517 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
19518 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
19520 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19521 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19528 \begin_layout Subsection
19530 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19531 name "Math ! Accents"
19538 \begin_layout Standard
19539 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19541 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19542 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19544 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19547 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19548 Our example is entered by typing
19556 \begin_layout Standard
19570 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19571 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19575 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19578 \begin_layout Standard
19579 \begin_inset Float table
19584 \begin_layout Standard
19585 \begin_inset Caption
19587 \begin_layout Standard
19588 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19589 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19593 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19601 \begin_layout Standard
19603 \begin_inset Tabular
19604 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19606 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19607 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19608 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19609 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19613 \begin_layout Standard
19619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19622 \begin_layout Standard
19628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19631 \begin_layout Standard
19647 <row topline="true">
19648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19651 \begin_layout Standard
19666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19669 \begin_layout Standard
19679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19682 \begin_layout Standard
19692 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19701 <row topline="true">
19702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19705 \begin_layout Standard
19720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19723 \begin_layout Standard
19733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19736 \begin_layout Standard
19746 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19755 <row topline="true">
19756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19759 \begin_layout Standard
19774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19777 \begin_layout Standard
19787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19790 \begin_layout Standard
19800 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19809 <row topline="true">
19810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19813 \begin_layout Standard
19828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19831 \begin_layout Standard
19841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19844 \begin_layout Standard
19854 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19863 <row topline="true">
19864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19867 \begin_layout Standard
19882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19885 \begin_layout Standard
19895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19898 \begin_layout Standard
19908 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19917 <row topline="true">
19918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19921 \begin_layout Standard
19936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19939 \begin_layout Standard
19949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19952 \begin_layout Standard
19962 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19971 <row topline="true">
19972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19975 \begin_layout Standard
19990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19993 \begin_layout Standard
20003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20006 \begin_layout Standard
20016 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
20025 <row topline="true">
20026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20029 \begin_layout Standard
20044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20047 \begin_layout Standard
20057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20060 \begin_layout Standard
20070 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20079 <row topline="true">
20080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20083 \begin_layout Standard
20098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20101 \begin_layout Standard
20111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20114 \begin_layout Standard
20124 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20133 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20137 \begin_layout Standard
20143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20146 \begin_layout Standard
20156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20159 \begin_layout Standard
20169 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
20190 \begin_layout Standard
20191 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
20197 \begin_inset Graphics
20198 filename ../images/math/hat.png
20202 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
20206 \begin_layout Section
20207 Brackets and Delimiters
20208 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20209 name "Math ! Brackets"
20214 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20215 name "Math ! Delimiters"
20220 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20221 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20228 \begin_layout Standard
20229 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20230 For most purposes, using just the keys
20235 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
20236 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
20242 \begin_inset Graphics
20243 filename ../images/math/delim.png
20248 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20250 \begin_inset Formula \[
20251 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20253 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
20257 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
20258 \begin_inset Formula \[
20259 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20266 \begin_layout Standard
20267 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
20268 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
20271 \begin_layout Standard
20272 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
20273 left side and right side.
20274 If you use the option
20279 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
20280 The selection will be shown below the button field.
20281 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20282 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
20285 \begin_layout Standard
20286 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
20287 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
20288 inside the brackets.
20289 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
20294 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20297 \begin_layout Standard
20298 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
20299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20309 \begin_layout Section
20311 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20312 name "Math ! Grouping"
20317 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20318 name "sec:Grouping"
20325 \begin_layout Standard
20326 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20327 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20338 \begin_layout Standard
20339 \begin_inset Formula \[
20340 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
20347 \begin_layout Standard
20348 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20363 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20364 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
20365 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
20368 \begin_layout Section
20369 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20370 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20371 name "Math ! Arrays"
20376 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20377 name "Math ! Matrices"
20382 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20383 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
20390 \begin_layout Standard
20391 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
20397 \begin_inset Graphics
20398 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
20403 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
20404 Here is an example:
20405 \begin_inset Formula \[
20406 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20409 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
20413 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
20415 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20416 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20421 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
20422 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20423 This alignment is set in the box
20428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20476 for every column as default.
20477 For example, the sequence
20478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20489 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20490 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
20491 corresponds to the relevant column.
20492 The result will look like this:
20493 \begin_inset Formula \[
20495 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20496 column & has & has\, right\\
20497 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20504 \begin_layout Standard
20505 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20509 while the cursor is in the matrix.
20510 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
20512 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20518 \begin_layout Standard
20519 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
20520 It can be created with the menu
20522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20523 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20535 \begin_inset Formula \[
20539 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20546 \begin_layout Standard
20547 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20550 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20558 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20567 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20575 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20576 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20577 A new row is created by every further hit of
20585 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20586 Here is an example:
20587 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20588 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20589 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20593 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20594 where you want to start the shift and hit
20599 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20600 position to the next column.
20601 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20602 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20603 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20604 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20611 \begin_layout Standard
20612 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20619 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20620 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20621 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20622 reference "eq:asquared"
20627 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20629 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20630 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20637 \begin_layout Section
20638 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20639 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20640 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20645 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20646 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20651 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20652 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20659 \begin_layout Standard
20660 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20662 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20663 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20664 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20673 The formula number appears in LyX as
20674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20681 within parentheses.
20683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20690 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20692 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20693 the document class.
20694 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20695 separated by a dot:
20696 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20697 1+1=2\end{equation}
20706 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20707 You can only number displayed formulas.
20710 \begin_layout Standard
20711 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20713 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20714 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20715 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20716 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20725 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20726 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20728 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20729 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20733 To number all lines use the shortcut
20741 \begin_layout Standard
20742 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20745 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20746 A label is inserted with the menu
20748 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20751 when the cursor is in the formula.
20752 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20753 It is recommended to use the proposed
20754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20765 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20766 type when you have many labels in your document.
20767 We inserted in the following example the label
20768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20775 in the second line:
20776 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20777 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20778 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20782 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20783 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20793 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20800 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20801 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20802 as the formula number:
20805 \begin_layout Standard
20806 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20807 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20808 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20815 \begin_layout Standard
20816 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20818 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20819 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20824 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20827 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20830 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20834 \begin_layout Standard
20835 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20843 \begin_layout Section
20844 User defined math macros
20845 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20846 name "Math ! Macros"
20853 \begin_layout Standard
20854 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20855 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20856 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20859 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20860 \begin_inset Formula \[
20861 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20865 The general form of its solution is:
20866 \begin_inset Formula \[
20867 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20874 \begin_layout Standard
20875 The macro should print the parameters
20876 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20880 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20884 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20887 like in the equation above.
20890 \begin_layout Standard
20891 A macro is created by executing the command
20894 \begin_layout Standard
20901 \begin_layout Standard
20914 \begin_layout Standard
20923 Number\InsetSpace ~
20928 \begin_layout Standard
20929 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20930 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20931 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20932 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20936 \begin_layout Standard
20937 We have three arguments and name the macro
20938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20945 , so that the command is:
20948 \begin_layout Standard
20955 \begin_layout Standard
20968 \begin_layout Standard
20980 \begin_layout Standard
20981 This results in the following macro definition box:
20982 \begin_inset Graphics
20983 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20988 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20989 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20990 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
20994 \begin_inset Note Note
20997 \begin_layout Standard
20998 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
20999 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
21007 \begin_layout Standard
21008 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
21009 the math panel or commands.
21010 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
21011 followed by the argument number, e.g.
21013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21022 for the first argument.
21023 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
21024 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
21025 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
21026 in LyX with its full size.
21027 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
21028 In our example we insert the sequence
21058 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
21061 \begin_layout Standard
21062 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
21063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21077 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
21080 \begin_layout Standard
21082 \begin_inset Graphics
21083 filename clipart/macrouse.png
21090 \begin_layout Standard
21091 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
21092 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
21093 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
21094 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
21095 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
21098 \begin_layout Standard
21099 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
21100 to the new definition.
21101 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
21102 \begin_inset Formula $x$
21106 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
21110 \begin_inset Formula $B$
21114 \begin_inset Formula \[
21115 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
21122 \begin_layout Standard
21123 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
21127 \begin_layout Standard
21146 \begin_layout Standard
21161 \begin_layout Standard
21172 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21175 \begin_layout Standard
21176 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
21177 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
21178 definition box in your document.
21179 There are also some other restrictions: The command
21181 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
21183 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
21188 \begin_layout Section
21192 \begin_layout Subsection
21194 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21195 name "Math ! Typefaces"
21202 \begin_layout Standard
21203 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
21204 To set a font in a formula, use the
21210 \begin_inset Graphics
21211 filename ../images/math/font.png
21215 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
21217 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21218 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21225 \begin_layout Standard
21226 \begin_inset Float table
21231 \begin_layout Standard
21232 \begin_inset Caption
21234 \begin_layout Standard
21235 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21236 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21240 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
21248 \begin_layout Standard
21250 \begin_inset Tabular
21251 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
21253 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21254 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21255 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21259 \begin_layout Standard
21265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21268 \begin_layout Standard
21275 <row topline="true">
21276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21279 \begin_layout Standard
21286 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
21294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21297 \begin_layout Standard
21308 <row topline="true">
21309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21312 \begin_layout Standard
21313 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
21321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21324 \begin_layout Standard
21335 <row topline="true">
21336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21339 \begin_layout Standard
21340 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
21348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21351 \begin_layout Standard
21362 <row topline="true">
21363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21366 \begin_layout Standard
21373 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21384 \begin_layout Standard
21395 <row topline="true">
21396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21399 \begin_layout Standard
21400 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
21408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21411 \begin_layout Standard
21422 <row topline="true">
21423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21426 \begin_layout Standard
21427 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21438 \begin_layout Standard
21449 <row topline="true">
21450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21453 \begin_layout Standard
21461 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21472 \begin_layout Standard
21483 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21487 \begin_layout Standard
21488 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21499 \begin_layout Standard
21522 \begin_layout Standard
21523 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21526 \begin_layout Standard
21531 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
21547 \begin_layout Standard
21548 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
21549 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
21554 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
21555 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21556 Here an example where a
21557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21568 denotes the set of numbers:
21569 \begin_inset Formula \[
21570 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21577 \begin_layout Standard
21578 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21589 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21594 So better don't use this feature.
21597 \begin_layout Standard
21598 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
21599 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21604 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21610 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21611 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21617 \begin_layout Standard
21624 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21627 \begin_layout Standard
21628 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21631 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21638 \begin_layout Subsection
21640 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21648 \begin_layout Standard
21649 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21651 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21654 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21664 \begin_inset Graphics
21665 filename ../images/math/font.png
21669 (alternatively the shortcut
21675 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21676 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21677 Here is an example:
21678 \begin_inset Formula \[
21680 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21681 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21688 \begin_layout Subsection
21690 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21691 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21698 \begin_layout Standard
21699 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21700 automatically chosen in most situations.
21718 For most characters,
21726 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21727 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21732 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21733 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21734 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21735 \begin_inset Graphics
21736 filename ../images/math/style.png
21741 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21742 For example, you can set
21743 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21746 , which is normally in
21755 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21759 The four styles are used in the following example:
21762 \begin_layout Standard
21763 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21767 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21771 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21775 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21781 \begin_layout Standard
21782 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21783 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21785 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21789 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21790 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21791 will be adjusted to correspond.
21792 As example a formula in the font size
21793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21803 \begin_layout Standard
21807 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21813 \begin_layout Section
21815 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21821 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21829 \begin_layout Standard
21830 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21831 (AMS) that are in common use.
21834 \begin_layout Subsection
21835 Enabling AMS-Support
21838 \begin_layout Standard
21839 Selecting the checkbox
21848 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21852 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21853 name "Document ! Settings"
21862 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21864 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21865 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
21868 \begin_layout Subsection
21870 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21871 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21876 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21877 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21884 \begin_layout Standard
21885 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21886 LyX allows you to choose between
21907 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21910 \begin_layout Chapter
21914 \begin_layout Section
21916 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21917 name "Cross references"
21922 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21923 name "sec:Cross-References"
21930 \begin_layout Standard
21931 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21932 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21934 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21935 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21936 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21939 \begin_layout Enumerate
21943 \begin_layout Enumerate
21944 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21945 name "enu:Second-item"
21952 \begin_layout Enumerate
21956 \begin_layout Standard
21957 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21959 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21962 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21963 \begin_inset Graphics
21964 filename ../images/label-insert.png
21970 A grey label box like this:
21971 \begin_inset Graphics
21972 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21977 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21978 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22013 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
22014 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
22015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22029 \begin_layout Standard
22030 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
22032 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22035 or the toolbar button
22036 \begin_inset Graphics
22037 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
22043 A grey cross-reference box like this:
22044 \begin_inset Graphics
22045 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
22050 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
22052 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
22053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22065 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
22067 Here is our cross-reference:
22070 \begin_layout Standard
22073 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22074 reference "enu:Second-item"
22081 \begin_layout Standard
22082 It is recommended to use a protected space
22086 \begin_layout Standard
22087 described in section\InsetSpace ~
22089 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22090 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
22099 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
22103 \begin_layout Standard
22104 There are six varieties of cross-references:
22107 \begin_layout Description
22108 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
22109 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22110 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22117 \begin_layout Description
22118 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
22119 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
22121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22129 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
22130 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22137 \begin_layout Description
22138 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
22140 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
22141 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22148 \begin_layout Description
22151 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
22152 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
22153 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22160 \begin_layout Description
22161 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
22164 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
22166 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
22167 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22174 \begin_layout Description
22175 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
22176 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
22179 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22182 \begin_layout Standard
22187 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
22190 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22191 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
22205 \begin_layout Standard
22206 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
22207 the previous, the same, or the next page.
22208 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22225 \begin_layout Standard
22226 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
22227 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
22228 The varieties are adjusted in the field
22232 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
22236 \begin_layout Standard
22237 You can only use the style
22241 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
22245 is always possible.
22248 \begin_layout Standard
22249 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
22250 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
22251 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
22252 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
22254 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22255 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22262 \begin_layout Standard
22269 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
22270 The button text changes then to
22275 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
22276 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
22277 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
22281 \begin_layout Standard
22282 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
22283 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
22284 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
22287 \begin_layout Standard
22288 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
22289 marks in the output instead of the reference.
22292 \begin_layout Standard
22293 References are described in detail in the
22300 \begin_layout Section
22301 Table of Contents and other Listings
22302 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22303 name "Table of contents"
22308 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22314 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22322 \begin_layout Subsection
22323 Table of Contents and Outline
22324 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22325 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
22332 \begin_layout Standard
22333 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
22335 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22336 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22342 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
22343 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
22344 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
22345 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
22352 \begin_layout Standard
22353 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
22354 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
22355 in section\InsetSpace ~
22357 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22358 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
22362 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
22363 Section\InsetSpace ~
22365 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22366 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
22370 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
22372 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
22373 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
22374 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
22377 \begin_layout Standard
22378 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
22380 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
22382 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22388 \begin_layout Subsection
22389 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
22390 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22398 \begin_layout Standard
22399 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
22400 You can insert them via the
22402 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22408 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
22411 \begin_layout Section
22412 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22413 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22419 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22427 \begin_layout Standard
22428 It is often desirable to include long
22429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22436 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
22437 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
22438 to typeset properly.
22439 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22440 resulting in an overfull line.
22441 To avoid this, use the menu
22443 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22446 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
22449 \begin_layout Standard
22450 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
22454 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
22459 \begin_layout Standard
22460 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22461 name "LyX-Homepage"
22462 target "http://www.lyx.org"
22469 \begin_layout Standard
22470 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22480 \begin_layout Itemize
22481 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22482 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22496 \begin_layout Itemize
22497 URLs must not end with a backslash!
22500 \begin_layout Section
22502 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22508 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22509 name "sec:Appendices"
22516 \begin_layout Standard
22517 Appendices are created with the menu
22519 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22521 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22525 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22526 as appendix region.
22527 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22530 \begin_layout Standard
22531 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22532 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
22533 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22534 and the subsection number.
22535 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22539 \begin_layout Standard
22540 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22542 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22543 reference "cha:Credits"
22547 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22549 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22550 reference "sub:Export"
22557 \begin_layout Section
22559 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22560 name "Bibliography"
22565 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22566 name "sec:Bibliography"
22573 \begin_layout Standard
22574 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22575 You can include a bibliography database
22579 \begin_layout Standard
22580 Known under the name
22581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22593 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22595 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22599 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22601 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22602 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
22609 \begin_layout Standard
22614 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22616 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22625 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22627 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22636 , a short form of its title, as key.
22639 \begin_layout Standard
22640 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22642 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22645 or the toobar button
22646 \begin_inset Graphics
22647 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
22648 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22653 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22654 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22655 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22656 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22660 \begin_layout Standard
22661 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22662 with surrounding brackets.
22667 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22668 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22680 \begin_layout Standard
22683 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22686 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22687 key "latexcompanion"
22694 \begin_layout Standard
22695 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22696 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22704 \begin_layout Subsection
22705 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22706 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22707 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22712 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22713 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22718 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22719 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
22726 \begin_layout Standard
22727 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22729 It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
22731 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22732 your working field in a database.
22733 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22734 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22737 \begin_layout Standard
22738 The database is a text file with the file extension
22739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22750 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22751 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22752 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22753 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22758 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22762 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22763 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22769 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22772 \begin_layout Standard
22773 To use a database, use the menu
22775 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22780 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22785 \begin_layout Standard
22796 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22797 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22800 \begin_layout Standard
22801 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22813 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22814 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22815 take care of the layout.
22818 \begin_layout Standard
22819 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22822 \begin_layout Standard
22823 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22829 \begin_layout Standard
22830 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22832 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22843 \begin_layout Standard
22858 \begin_layout Standard
22869 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
22877 \begin_layout Standard
22878 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22884 \begin_layout Standard
22885 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22886 the two methods of creating them.
22887 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
22888 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
22889 We used the style file
22893 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22896 \begin_layout Subsection
22897 Bibliography layout
22898 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22899 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22906 \begin_layout Standard
22907 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
22908 For this feature you need to use the option
22914 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22918 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22919 name "Document ! Settings"
22928 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
22929 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
22930 in the previous section.
22933 \begin_layout Standard
22934 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22935 in the citation reference window.
22936 Here an example where we set the text
22937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22940 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22945 to appear after the reference:
22948 \begin_layout Standard
22950 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22952 key "latexcompanion"
22959 \begin_layout Section
22961 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22962 name "Index generation"
22967 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22975 \begin_layout Standard
22976 An index entry is created if you use the menu
22978 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22982 or the toolbar button
22983 \begin_inset Graphics
22984 filename ../images/index-insert.png
22985 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23002 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
23003 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
23004 by LyX as index entry.
23007 \begin_layout Standard
23008 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23011 \begin_layout Standard
23016 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
23017 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
23022 Therefore you cannot insert
23025 \begin_layout Standard
23031 \begin_layout Standard
23032 to an index entry field, because the
23033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23040 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
23042 The correct entry is
23045 \begin_layout Standard
23053 \begin_layout Standard
23054 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
23055 ways using special LaTeX commands.
23056 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
23057 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
23059 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23060 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23067 \begin_layout Standard
23068 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
23071 \begin_layout Standard
23072 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
23074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23077 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23082 A light blue box labeled
23083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23094 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
23095 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
23098 \begin_layout Subsection
23099 Grouping Index Entries
23100 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23101 name "Index ! Grouping"
23108 \begin_layout Standard
23109 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
23111 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
23112 lists under the entry
23113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23121 First we create the entry
23122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23129 in section\InsetSpace ~
23131 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23132 reference "sub:Lists"
23137 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
23139 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23140 reference "sec:Itemize"
23144 , we insert the command
23147 \begin_layout Standard
23153 \begin_layout Standard
23157 \begin_layout Standard
23163 \begin_layout Standard
23164 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
23166 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23167 reference "sec:Enumerate"
23174 \begin_layout Standard
23175 The exclamation mark
23176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23183 marks the grouping levels.
23184 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
23185 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
23186 If we don't have an index entry for
23187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23194 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
23197 \begin_layout Subsection
23199 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23200 name "Index ! Page ranges"
23207 \begin_layout Standard
23208 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
23210 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
23211 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
23212 in section\InsetSpace ~
23214 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23215 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
23222 \begin_layout Standard
23225 Paragraph environments|(
23228 \begin_layout Standard
23229 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
23231 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23232 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
23239 \begin_layout Standard
23242 Paragraph environments|)
23245 \begin_layout Standard
23247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23270 respectively starts and ends the index range.
23271 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
23272 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
23273 the pages of the indexed document parts.
23274 An example is the index entry
23275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23278 Document ! Settings
23279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23285 \begin_layout Subsection
23287 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23288 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
23295 \begin_layout Standard
23296 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
23297 We referred for example in the index entry
23298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23305 (in section\InsetSpace ~
23307 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23308 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
23312 ) to the index entry
23313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23320 in the same section using the command
23323 \begin_layout Standard
23326 GIF|see{Image formats}
23329 \begin_layout Standard
23330 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
23331 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
23334 \begin_layout Subsection
23336 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23337 name "Index ! Entry order"
23344 \begin_layout Standard
23345 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
23346 then not follow the rules for the index order.
23347 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
23351 \begin_layout Standard
23352 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
23353 section\InsetSpace ~
23355 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23356 reference "sub:Index-Program"
23365 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
23366 We created as example the three dummy index entries
23367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23391 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23392 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
23397 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23398 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
23403 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23404 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
23408 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
23409 order maïs, maison, maître.
23410 To achieve this, we use the command
23413 \begin_layout Standard
23416 previous entry@current entry
23419 \begin_layout Standard
23420 In our case we want to have
23421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23436 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
23439 \begin_layout Standard
23445 \begin_layout Standard
23446 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
23447 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
23451 \begin_layout Subsection
23453 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23454 name "Index ! Entry layout"
23461 \begin_layout Standard
23462 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
23463 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
23466 \begin_layout Standard
23471 textit{This is an italic entry}
23474 \begin_layout Standard
23481 produces the italic layout.
23482 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23483 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
23487 We refer to LaTeX books (
23488 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23489 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23493 ) for an overview of layout commands.
23494 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
23495 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
23499 \begin_layout Standard
23504 textit{This is an italic entry}
23507 \begin_layout Standard
23508 You can also format the page number using the character
23509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23516 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
23517 We can write for example
23520 \begin_layout Standard
23523 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
23526 \begin_layout Standard
23527 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
23528 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23529 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
23533 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
23535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23550 command{page\InsetSpace ~
23554 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
23556 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23557 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23561 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
23564 \begin_layout Standard
23565 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
23567 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
23568 for all index entries.
23571 \begin_layout Subsection
23573 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23574 name "Index ! Program"
23579 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23580 name "sub:Index-Program"
23587 \begin_layout Standard
23588 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
23593 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
23594 see section\InsetSpace ~
23596 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23597 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
23602 The available options are listed and explained in
23603 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23611 \begin_layout Standard
23612 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23620 \begin_layout Section
23621 Nomenclature / Glossary
23622 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23623 name "Nomenclature"
23628 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23629 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23634 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23635 name "sec:Nomenclature"
23642 \begin_layout Standard
23643 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23644 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23648 \begin_layout Standard
23649 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23652 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23653 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23660 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23661 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23666 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23669 \begin_layout Standard
23670 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23671 and then use the menu
23673 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23678 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23681 or the toobar button
23682 \begin_inset Graphics
23683 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
23684 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23701 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23704 \begin_layout Standard
23705 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23706 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23707 The second is the description of the symbol.
23710 \begin_layout Standard
23711 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23714 \begin_layout Standard
23719 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23720 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23728 \begin_layout Subsection
23729 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23730 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23731 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23738 \begin_layout Standard
23739 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23743 field as LaTeX-formula.
23745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23749 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23774 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23775 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23787 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23797 \begin_layout Standard
23798 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23800 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23801 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23808 \begin_layout Standard
23814 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23815 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23820 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23827 in this document is:
23831 dummy entry for the character
23853 font use the command
23882 \begin_layout Subsection
23883 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
23884 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23885 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
23892 \begin_layout Standard
23893 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
23894 the symbol definition.
23895 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
23896 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
23899 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23901 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
23908 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23912 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23915 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
23920 They will be sorted by
23921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23947 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23950 will be sorted before the
23954 since the character
23955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23962 is considered in sorting.
23965 \begin_layout Standard
23966 To control the sort order, you can edit the
23971 field of the nomenclature dialog.
23972 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
23974 For the given example, you can insert
23978 to this field for the
23979 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23986 will be located before
23987 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23993 \begin_layout Standard
23994 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
23999 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24007 \begin_layout Subsection
24008 Nomenclature Options
24009 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24010 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
24017 \begin_layout Standard
24022 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
24023 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
24026 \begin_layout Description
24027 refeq Appends the phrase
24028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24043 to every nomenclature entry, where
24049 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
24052 \begin_layout Description
24053 refpage Appends the phrase
24054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24069 to every nomenclature entry, where
24075 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
24078 \begin_layout Description
24079 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
24082 \begin_layout Standard
24083 There are furthermore the options
24127 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
24131 \begin_layout Standard
24132 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
24133 class options list in the
24135 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24139 In this document the options
24150 \begin_layout Standard
24151 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24157 \begin_layout Standard
24158 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
24159 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
24164 field in the nomenclature dialog:
24167 \begin_layout Description
24177 \begin_layout Description
24180 nomrefpage Like the
24187 \begin_layout Description
24190 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
24199 \begin_layout Description
24202 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
24205 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
24208 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
24211 \begin_layout Subsection
24212 Printing the Nomenclature
24213 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24214 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
24221 \begin_layout Standard
24222 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
24224 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24227 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24231 A light blue box labeled
24232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24243 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
24244 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
24247 \begin_layout Standard
24248 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
24249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24257 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
24265 For example, in order to change the name to
24269 , add the following line to the preamble:
24272 \begin_layout Standard
24280 nomname}{List of Symbols}
24283 \begin_layout Standard
24284 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24290 \begin_layout Standard
24291 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
24292 by adding the following line to the preamble:
24295 \begin_layout Standard
24303 nomlabelwidth}{width}
24306 \begin_layout Standard
24309 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24311 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24312 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
24317 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24321 \begin_layout Section
24323 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24329 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24330 name "Document ! Branches"
24335 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24336 name "sec:Branches"
24343 \begin_layout Standard
24344 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
24345 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
24346 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
24347 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
24350 \begin_layout Standard
24351 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
24352 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
24353 To create a branch, go in the
24355 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24363 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
24364 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
24367 \begin_layout Standard
24368 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
24369 These boxes are inserted via the menu
24371 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24374 where you can choose a branch.
24375 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
24378 \begin_layout Standard
24379 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
24380 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
24383 \begin_layout Standard
24384 \begin_inset Branch Question
24387 \begin_layout Standard
24388 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
24396 \begin_layout Standard
24397 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24400 \begin_layout Standard
24401 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
24409 \begin_layout Section
24410 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
24411 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24419 \begin_layout Subsection
24421 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24427 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24428 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
24435 \begin_layout Standard
24436 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
24437 constructs, but not all.
24438 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
24439 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
24440 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
24441 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24442 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
24443 and their commands.
24446 \begin_layout Standard
24447 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
24450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24457 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
24458 An ERT box is created by the menu
24460 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24463 or by the toolbar button
24464 \begin_inset Graphics
24465 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
24470 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
24483 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
24484 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
24495 \begin_layout Standard
24496 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
24497 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
24498 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
24505 , you can write the command part
24511 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
24515 in a second ERT box behind the word.
24516 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
24520 \begin_layout Standard
24521 \begin_inset Graphics
24522 filename clipart/ERT.png
24530 \begin_layout Standard
24534 \begin_layout Standard
24535 This is a line with a
24539 \begin_layout Standard
24552 \begin_layout Standard
24562 \begin_layout Standard
24563 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24566 \begin_layout Standard
24571 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
24572 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
24580 \begin_layout Subsection
24581 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
24582 \begin_inset OptArg
24585 \begin_layout Standard
24592 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24593 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24598 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24599 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24606 \begin_layout Standard
24607 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24608 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24609 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24618 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24619 every time if you know the right commands.
24621 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24622 the end of the day.
24623 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24624 all caption labels bold.
24625 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24627 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24630 \begin_layout Standard
24631 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24632 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24633 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24635 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24643 \begin_layout Standard
24644 As result you know that the package
24649 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24650 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24655 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24657 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24663 \begin_layout Standard
24668 usepackage[options]{package name}
24671 \begin_layout Standard
24672 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24673 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24674 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24677 \begin_layout Standard
24678 In your case the package name is
24683 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24688 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24689 So you add the command
24692 \begin_layout Standard
24697 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24700 \begin_layout Standard
24701 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24705 \begin_layout Standard
24706 For more commands provided by the
24710 package, have a look at its documentation,
24711 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24724 \begin_layout Standard
24725 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24727 For example if you use a
24731 class, you don't need the package
24735 , you can instead write
24738 \begin_layout Standard
24743 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24748 \begin_layout Standard
24749 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24750 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24751 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24758 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24761 \begin_layout Standard
24762 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24763 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24765 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24769 \begin_layout Standard
24770 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24772 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24773 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24781 \begin_layout Section
24782 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24783 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24784 name "Instant preview"
24789 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24790 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24795 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24796 name "Document ! Preview"
24803 \begin_layout Standard
24804 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24805 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24806 to break your train of thought with
24808 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24814 \begin_layout Standard
24815 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
24816 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
24819 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24820 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
24826 as explained below, and turn on
24828 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24833 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24840 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24846 \begin_layout Standard
24847 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
24849 Previews of an already loaded document are
24853 generated just by selecting the
24855 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24858 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
24861 \begin_layout Standard
24862 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
24863 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
24868 check box in the insert dialog.
24869 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
24873 \begin_layout Standard
24874 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
24878 (on some systems named simply
24883 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
24884 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24889 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
24890 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
24898 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
24902 \begin_layout Standard
24903 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24909 \begin_layout Standard
24910 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
24914 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24918 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
24919 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
24921 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
24922 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
24923 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
24924 the source view window.
24927 \begin_layout Section
24929 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24930 name "sec:Spellchecking"
24935 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24936 name "Spell checking"
24943 \begin_layout Standard
24944 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
24945 Rather it uses one of the external programs
24962 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
24968 can be seen as successor of
24972 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
24977 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
24978 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
24986 \begin_layout Standard
24987 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
24988 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
24995 \begin_layout Standard
24998 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25001 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
25002 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
25003 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
25004 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
25005 scrolled so that it is visible.
25010 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
25012 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
25016 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
25017 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
25020 \begin_layout Standard
25021 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
25024 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25028 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
25029 will bring an error message.
25030 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
25031 specifying a different
25033 Alternative language
25035 in preferences dialog.
25038 \begin_layout Standard
25039 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
25042 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25046 \begin_layout Standard
25047 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
25048 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
25050 But you can use the
25059 \begin_layout Standard
25060 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
25061 This does work with
25065 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
25068 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25072 \begin_layout Standard
25077 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
25080 \begin_layout Description
25081 Escape\InsetSpace ~
25082 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
25083 checker should consider, e.g.
25084 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
25085 This should not normally be needed.
25088 \begin_layout Description
25089 Personal\InsetSpace ~
25090 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
25091 choice as your personal dictionary
25094 \begin_layout Description
25095 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25096 compound\InsetSpace ~
25097 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
25099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25109 \begin_layout Description
25112 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
25114 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25121 also for the spellchecker.
25125 \begin_layout Standard
25126 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25128 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25129 reference "sub:Settings"
25138 Only enable this if you use
25142 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
25143 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
25144 so this is disabled by default.
25147 \begin_layout Section
25149 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25155 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25156 name "sec:Thesaurus"
25163 \begin_layout Standard
25164 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
25167 \begin_layout Standard
25168 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
25171 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25174 or the toolbar button
25175 \begin_inset Graphics
25176 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
25177 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25178 rotateOrigin center
25183 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
25187 \begin_layout Standard
25188 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
25189 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
25190 cases to find related words.
25193 \begin_layout Standard
25194 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
25196 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
25197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25204 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
25205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25213 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
25214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25232 \begin_layout Section
25234 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25235 name "Change Tracking"
25240 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25241 name "Document ! Change Tracking"
25246 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25247 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
25254 \begin_layout Standard
25255 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
25256 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
25257 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
25258 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
25260 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25261 Change\InsetSpace ~
25262 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25269 \begin_layout Standard
25270 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
25279 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
25290 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25291 name "Color ! LyX screen"
25298 \begin_layout Standard
25299 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
25300 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25301 name "Toolbar ! Review"
25308 \begin_layout Standard
25309 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25315 \begin_layout Standard
25316 \begin_inset Graphics
25317 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
25324 \begin_layout Standard
25325 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25331 \begin_layout Standard
25332 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
25336 \begin_layout Standard
25337 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25343 \begin_layout Standard
25344 \begin_inset Tabular
25345 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
25346 <features islongtable="true">
25347 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25348 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25349 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25353 \begin_layout Standard
25354 \begin_inset Graphics
25355 filename ../images/changes-track.png
25356 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25357 rotateOrigin center
25366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25369 \begin_layout Standard
25372 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25373 Change\InsetSpace ~
25374 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25382 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25386 \begin_layout Standard
25387 \begin_inset Graphics
25388 filename ../images/changes-output.png
25389 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25390 rotateOrigin center
25399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25402 \begin_layout Standard
25405 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25406 Change\InsetSpace ~
25407 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25409 Changes\InsetSpace ~
25417 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25421 \begin_layout Standard
25422 \begin_inset Graphics
25423 filename ../images/change-next.png
25424 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25425 rotateOrigin center
25434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25437 \begin_layout Standard
25438 Jumps to the next change
25444 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25448 \begin_layout Standard
25449 \begin_inset Graphics
25450 filename ../images/change-accept.png
25451 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25452 rotateOrigin center
25461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25464 \begin_layout Standard
25467 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25468 Change\InsetSpace ~
25469 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25470 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25477 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25481 \begin_layout Standard
25482 \begin_inset Graphics
25483 filename ../images/change-reject.png
25484 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25485 rotateOrigin center
25494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25497 \begin_layout Standard
25500 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25501 Change\InsetSpace ~
25502 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25503 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25510 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25514 \begin_layout Standard
25515 \begin_inset Graphics
25516 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
25517 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25518 rotateOrigin center
25527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25530 \begin_layout Standard
25533 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25534 Change\InsetSpace ~
25535 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25543 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25547 \begin_layout Standard
25548 \begin_inset Graphics
25549 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
25550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25551 rotateOrigin center
25560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25563 \begin_layout Standard
25566 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25567 Change\InsetSpace ~
25568 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25569 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25581 \begin_layout Standard
25582 \begin_inset Graphics
25583 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
25584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25585 rotateOrigin center
25594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25597 \begin_layout Standard
25600 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25601 Change\InsetSpace ~
25602 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25603 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25611 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25615 \begin_layout Standard
25616 \begin_inset Graphics
25617 filename ../images/note-insert.png
25618 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25619 rotateOrigin center
25628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25631 \begin_layout Standard
25634 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25635 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25643 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25647 \begin_layout Standard
25648 \begin_inset Graphics
25649 filename ../images/note-next.png
25650 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25651 rotateOrigin center
25660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25663 \begin_layout Standard
25666 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25681 \begin_layout Standard
25682 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25688 \begin_layout Standard
25689 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
25690 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
25691 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
25692 the next change behind the current cursor position.
25693 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
25694 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
25695 step to the next change.
25696 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
25699 \begin_layout Standard
25700 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
25701 to describe a change.
25704 \begin_layout Standard
25705 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
25708 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25709 name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
25716 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25717 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25722 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25725 \begin_layout Section
25726 International Support
25727 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25728 name "International support"
25735 \begin_layout Standard
25736 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
25737 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
25738 how to set up LyX to use them:
25739 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25740 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
25747 \begin_layout Standard
25748 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
25750 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25751 reference "sub:Special-Character"
25758 \begin_layout Subsection
25760 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25761 name "Language ! Options"
25766 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25767 name "Document ! Settings"
25772 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25773 name "Document ! Language"
25780 \begin_layout Standard
25783 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25786 dialog lets you set
25788 the language and character encoding for your language.
25792 \begin_layout Standard
25793 Choose your language in the
25797 section of this dialog.
25805 \begin_layout Standard
25810 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
25814 use language's default encoding
25816 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
25817 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
25819 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25820 reference "sub:Settings"
25827 \begin_layout Subsection
25828 Keyboard mapping configuration
25831 \begin_layout Standard
25832 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
25833 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
25834 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
25835 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
25836 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
25837 see section\InsetSpace ~
25839 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25840 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
25845 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
25846 which one you want to use.
25849 \begin_layout Standard
25850 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
25851 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
25852 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
25853 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
25854 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
25855 one to support the characters you want.
25856 This and much more customizations are explained in the
25863 \begin_layout Subsection
25865 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25873 \begin_layout Standard
25876 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25877 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
25886 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
25890 \begin_layout Standard
25891 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
25892 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
25900 \begin_layout Itemize
25901 Even if you have selected
25907 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25910 dialog, users who have only the
25914 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
25918 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
25919 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
25920 french quotes won't show up.
25923 \begin_layout Standard
25924 \begin_inset Float table
25929 \begin_layout Standard
25930 \begin_inset Caption
25932 \begin_layout Standard
25933 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25934 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
25950 \begin_layout Standard
25952 \begin_inset Tabular
25953 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
25955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
25956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25957 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25958 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25959 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25960 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25961 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25962 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25963 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25964 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25965 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25966 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25969 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25970 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25971 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
25972 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
25973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25976 \begin_layout Standard
25982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25985 \begin_layout Standard
26000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26003 \begin_layout Standard
26018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26021 \begin_layout Standard
26036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26039 \begin_layout Standard
26054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26057 \begin_layout Standard
26072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26075 \begin_layout Standard
26090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26093 \begin_layout Standard
26108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26111 \begin_layout Standard
26126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26129 \begin_layout Standard
26144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26165 \begin_layout Standard
26180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26183 \begin_layout Standard
26198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26201 \begin_layout Standard
26216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26219 \begin_layout Standard
26234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26237 \begin_layout Standard
26252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26255 \begin_layout Standard
26271 <row topline="true">
26272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26275 \begin_layout Standard
26290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26293 \begin_layout Standard
26299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26302 \begin_layout Standard
26308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26311 \begin_layout Standard
26317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26320 \begin_layout Standard
26334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26337 \begin_layout Standard
26351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26354 \begin_layout Standard
26368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26388 \begin_layout Standard
26402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26405 \begin_layout Standard
26411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26414 \begin_layout Standard
26420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26423 \begin_layout Standard
26429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26432 \begin_layout Standard
26446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26449 \begin_layout Standard
26463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26466 \begin_layout Standard
26480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26483 \begin_layout Standard
26497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26500 \begin_layout Standard
26515 <row topline="true">
26516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26519 \begin_layout Standard
26534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26537 \begin_layout Standard
26543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26546 \begin_layout Standard
26552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26555 \begin_layout Standard
26569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26572 \begin_layout Standard
26586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26589 \begin_layout Standard
26603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26606 \begin_layout Standard
26620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26623 \begin_layout Standard
26637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26640 \begin_layout Standard
26654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26657 \begin_layout Standard
26663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26666 \begin_layout Standard
26672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26675 \begin_layout Standard
26689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26692 \begin_layout Standard
26706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26709 \begin_layout Standard
26723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26726 \begin_layout Standard
26740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26743 \begin_layout Standard
26757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26760 \begin_layout Standard
26775 <row topline="true">
26776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26779 \begin_layout Standard
26794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26797 \begin_layout Standard
26803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26806 \begin_layout Standard
26812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26815 \begin_layout Standard
26824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26835 \begin_layout Standard
26849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26852 \begin_layout Standard
26866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26869 \begin_layout Standard
26883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26886 \begin_layout Standard
26900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26903 \begin_layout Standard
26917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26920 \begin_layout Standard
26926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26929 \begin_layout Standard
26935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26938 \begin_layout Standard
26944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26947 \begin_layout Standard
26961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26964 \begin_layout Standard
26978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26981 \begin_layout Standard
26995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26998 \begin_layout Standard
27012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27015 \begin_layout Standard
27030 <row topline="true">
27031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27034 \begin_layout Standard
27049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27052 \begin_layout Standard
27058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27061 \begin_layout Standard
27067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27070 \begin_layout Standard
27084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27087 \begin_layout Standard
27101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27104 \begin_layout Standard
27118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27121 \begin_layout Standard
27135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27138 \begin_layout Standard
27152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27155 \begin_layout Standard
27169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27172 \begin_layout Standard
27178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27181 \begin_layout Standard
27187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27190 \begin_layout Standard
27204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27224 \begin_layout Standard
27238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27241 \begin_layout Standard
27255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27258 \begin_layout Standard
27272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27275 \begin_layout Standard
27290 <row topline="true">
27291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27294 \begin_layout Standard
27309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27312 \begin_layout Standard
27318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27321 \begin_layout Standard
27327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27330 \begin_layout Standard
27344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27347 \begin_layout Standard
27361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27364 \begin_layout Standard
27378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27381 \begin_layout Standard
27395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27398 \begin_layout Standard
27412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27415 \begin_layout Standard
27429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27441 \begin_layout Standard
27447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27450 \begin_layout Standard
27456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27459 \begin_layout Standard
27473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27476 \begin_layout Standard
27490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27493 \begin_layout Standard
27507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27510 \begin_layout Standard
27524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27527 \begin_layout Standard
27542 <row topline="true">
27543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27546 \begin_layout Standard
27561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27573 \begin_layout Standard
27579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27599 \begin_layout Standard
27613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27616 \begin_layout Standard
27630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27633 \begin_layout Standard
27647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27650 \begin_layout Standard
27664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27667 \begin_layout Standard
27681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27684 \begin_layout Standard
27690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27693 \begin_layout Standard
27699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27702 \begin_layout Standard
27708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27711 \begin_layout Standard
27725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27728 \begin_layout Standard
27742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27745 \begin_layout Standard
27759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27762 \begin_layout Standard
27776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27779 \begin_layout Standard
27794 <row topline="true">
27795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27798 \begin_layout Standard
27813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27816 \begin_layout Standard
27822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27825 \begin_layout Standard
27831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27834 \begin_layout Standard
27848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27851 \begin_layout Standard
27865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27868 \begin_layout Standard
27882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27885 \begin_layout Standard
27899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27902 \begin_layout Standard
27916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27936 \begin_layout Standard
27942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27945 \begin_layout Standard
27951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27954 \begin_layout Standard
27960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27963 \begin_layout Standard
27977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27980 \begin_layout Standard
27994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27997 \begin_layout Standard
28011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28014 \begin_layout Standard
28028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28031 \begin_layout Standard
28046 <row topline="true">
28047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28050 \begin_layout Standard
28065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28068 \begin_layout Standard
28074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28077 \begin_layout Standard
28083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28086 \begin_layout Standard
28100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28103 \begin_layout Standard
28117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28120 \begin_layout Standard
28134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28137 \begin_layout Standard
28151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28154 \begin_layout Standard
28168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28171 \begin_layout Standard
28185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28188 \begin_layout Standard
28194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28197 \begin_layout Standard
28203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28206 \begin_layout Standard
28220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28223 \begin_layout Standard
28237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28240 \begin_layout Standard
28254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28257 \begin_layout Standard
28271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28274 \begin_layout Standard
28288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28291 \begin_layout Standard
28306 <row topline="true">
28307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28310 \begin_layout Standard
28325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28328 \begin_layout Standard
28334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28337 \begin_layout Standard
28343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28346 \begin_layout Standard
28360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28363 \begin_layout Standard
28377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28380 \begin_layout Standard
28394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28397 \begin_layout Standard
28411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28414 \begin_layout Standard
28428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28431 \begin_layout Standard
28445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28448 \begin_layout Standard
28454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28457 \begin_layout Standard
28463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28466 \begin_layout Standard
28480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28483 \begin_layout Standard
28497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28500 \begin_layout Standard
28514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28517 \begin_layout Standard
28531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28534 \begin_layout Standard
28548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28551 \begin_layout Standard
28566 <row topline="true">
28567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28570 \begin_layout Standard
28585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28588 \begin_layout Standard
28594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28597 \begin_layout Standard
28603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28606 \begin_layout Standard
28620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28623 \begin_layout Standard
28637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28640 \begin_layout Standard
28654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28657 \begin_layout Standard
28671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28674 \begin_layout Standard
28688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28691 \begin_layout Standard
28705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28708 \begin_layout Standard
28714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28717 \begin_layout Standard
28723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28726 \begin_layout Standard
28740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28743 \begin_layout Standard
28757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28760 \begin_layout Standard
28774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28777 \begin_layout Standard
28791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28794 \begin_layout Standard
28808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28811 \begin_layout Standard
28826 <row topline="true">
28827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28830 \begin_layout Standard
28845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28848 \begin_layout Standard
28854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28857 \begin_layout Standard
28863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28866 \begin_layout Standard
28880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28883 \begin_layout Standard
28897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28900 \begin_layout Standard
28914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28917 \begin_layout Standard
28931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28934 \begin_layout Standard
28948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28951 \begin_layout Standard
28965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28968 \begin_layout Standard
28974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28977 \begin_layout Standard
28983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28986 \begin_layout Standard
29000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29003 \begin_layout Standard
29017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29020 \begin_layout Standard
29034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29037 \begin_layout Standard
29051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29054 \begin_layout Standard
29068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29071 \begin_layout Standard
29086 <row topline="true">
29087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29090 \begin_layout Standard
29105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29108 \begin_layout Standard
29114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29117 \begin_layout Standard
29123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29126 \begin_layout Standard
29140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29143 \begin_layout Standard
29157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29160 \begin_layout Standard
29174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29177 \begin_layout Standard
29191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29194 \begin_layout Standard
29208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29211 \begin_layout Standard
29225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29228 \begin_layout Standard
29234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29237 \begin_layout Standard
29243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29246 \begin_layout Standard
29260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29263 \begin_layout Standard
29277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29280 \begin_layout Standard
29294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29297 \begin_layout Standard
29311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29314 \begin_layout Standard
29328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29331 \begin_layout Standard
29346 <row topline="true">
29347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29350 \begin_layout Standard
29365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29368 \begin_layout Standard
29374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29377 \begin_layout Standard
29383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29386 \begin_layout Standard
29400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29403 \begin_layout Standard
29417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29420 \begin_layout Standard
29434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29437 \begin_layout Standard
29453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29456 \begin_layout Standard
29470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29473 \begin_layout Standard
29487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29490 \begin_layout Standard
29496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29499 \begin_layout Standard
29505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29508 \begin_layout Standard
29522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29525 \begin_layout Standard
29539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29542 \begin_layout Standard
29556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29559 \begin_layout Standard
29573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29576 \begin_layout Standard
29590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29593 \begin_layout Standard
29608 <row topline="true">
29609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29612 \begin_layout Standard
29627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29630 \begin_layout Standard
29636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29639 \begin_layout Standard
29645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29648 \begin_layout Standard
29662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29665 \begin_layout Standard
29679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29682 \begin_layout Standard
29696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29699 \begin_layout Standard
29713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29716 \begin_layout Standard
29730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29733 \begin_layout Standard
29747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29750 \begin_layout Standard
29756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29759 \begin_layout Standard
29765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29768 \begin_layout Standard
29774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29777 \begin_layout Standard
29791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29794 \begin_layout Standard
29808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29811 \begin_layout Standard
29825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29828 \begin_layout Standard
29842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29845 \begin_layout Standard
29860 <row topline="true">
29861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29864 \begin_layout Standard
29879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29882 \begin_layout Standard
29888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29891 \begin_layout Standard
29897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29900 \begin_layout Standard
29914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29917 \begin_layout Standard
29931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29934 \begin_layout Standard
29948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29951 \begin_layout Standard
29965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29968 \begin_layout Standard
29982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29985 \begin_layout Standard
29999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30002 \begin_layout Standard
30008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30011 \begin_layout Standard
30017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30020 \begin_layout Standard
30034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30037 \begin_layout Standard
30051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30054 \begin_layout Standard
30068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30071 \begin_layout Standard
30085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30088 \begin_layout Standard
30102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30105 \begin_layout Standard
30120 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
30121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30124 \begin_layout Standard
30139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30142 \begin_layout Standard
30148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30151 \begin_layout Standard
30157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30160 \begin_layout Standard
30174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30177 \begin_layout Standard
30191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30194 \begin_layout Standard
30208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30211 \begin_layout Standard
30225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30228 \begin_layout Standard
30242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30245 \begin_layout Standard
30251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30254 \begin_layout Standard
30260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30263 \begin_layout Standard
30269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30272 \begin_layout Standard
30286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30289 \begin_layout Standard
30303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30306 \begin_layout Standard
30320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30323 \begin_layout Standard
30337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30340 \begin_layout Standard
30354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30357 \begin_layout Standard
30384 \begin_layout Standard
30385 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
30387 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
30388 also the characters from
30400 \begin_layout Itemize
30409 \begin_layout Standard
30410 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
30415 \begin_layout Standard
30416 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
30421 \begin_layout Standard
30422 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
30427 \begin_layout Standard
30428 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
30433 \begin_layout Standard
30439 \begin_layout Standard
30445 \begin_layout Standard
30452 \begin_layout Itemize
30465 \begin_layout Standard
30471 \begin_layout Standard
30477 \begin_layout Standard
30483 \begin_layout Standard
30489 \begin_layout Standard
30495 \begin_layout Standard
30502 \begin_layout Standard
30503 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
30504 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
30505 Also make sure you're using the
30512 \begin_layout Chapter
30515 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30516 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
30523 \begin_layout Standard
30524 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
30525 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
30526 inside the user's guide.
30529 \begin_layout Section
30531 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30539 \begin_layout Standard
30544 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
30545 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
30548 \begin_layout Subsection
30552 \begin_layout Standard
30553 Creates a new document.
30556 \begin_layout Subsection
30560 \begin_layout Standard
30561 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
30562 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
30563 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
30566 \begin_layout Subsection
30570 \begin_layout Standard
30574 \begin_layout Subsection
30578 \begin_layout Standard
30579 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
30580 Click there on a file to open it.
30583 \begin_layout Subsection
30587 \begin_layout Standard
30588 Closes the current document.
30591 \begin_layout Subsection
30595 \begin_layout Standard
30596 Saves the actual document.
30599 \begin_layout Subsection
30603 \begin_layout Standard
30604 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
30607 \begin_layout Subsection
30611 \begin_layout Standard
30612 Reloads the actual document from disk.
30615 \begin_layout Subsection
30619 \begin_layout Standard
30620 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
30621 It is described in the section
30623 Version Control in LyX
30627 Extended\InsetSpace ~
30633 \begin_layout Subsection
30637 \begin_layout Standard
30638 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
30639 text files (ASCII-files).
30640 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
30643 \begin_layout Standard
30644 When using the menu
30647 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
30650 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
30651 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
30652 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
30653 will start a new paragraph.
30656 \begin_layout Subsection
30658 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30666 \begin_layout Standard
30667 You can export your document to various file formats.
30668 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
30669 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
30670 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
30673 \begin_layout Standard
30674 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
30675 section\InsetSpace ~
30677 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30678 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
30685 \begin_layout Description
30691 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
30692 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
30695 \begin_layout Description
30703 \begin_layout Description
30704 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
30708 \begin_layout Description
30711 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
30716 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
30724 \begin_layout Description
30731 \begin_layout Standard
30741 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
30742 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
30746 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
30749 \begin_layout Description
30756 \begin_layout Standard
30766 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
30767 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
30775 \begin_layout Description
30777 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
30778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30785 is replaced by the version number)
30788 \begin_layout Description
30789 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
30802 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
30806 \begin_layout Description
30811 PDF-format using the program
30816 \begin_layout Description
30822 PDF-format using the program
30827 \begin_layout Description
30833 PDF-format using the program
30838 \begin_layout Description
30847 \begin_layout Description
30854 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
30855 and then exported as text using the program
30860 \begin_layout Description
30865 PostScript format using the program
30870 \begin_layout Description
30878 \begin_layout Standard
30883 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
30884 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
30890 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
30893 \begin_layout Standard
30894 If one of the menu entries
30907 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
30908 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
30910 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30911 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
30916 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30917 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
30924 \begin_layout Standard
30929 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
30930 the export program.
30933 \begin_layout Subsection
30937 \begin_layout Standard
30938 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
30939 or send it to a printer.
30940 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
30941 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
30947 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
30949 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30950 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
30957 \begin_layout Subsection
30958 New and Close Window
30961 \begin_layout Standard
30962 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
30963 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
30966 \begin_layout Section
30968 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30976 \begin_layout Subsection
30980 \begin_layout Standard
30981 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
30983 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30984 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
30991 \begin_layout Subsection
30992 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
30995 \begin_layout Standard
30996 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
30998 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30999 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31006 \begin_layout Subsection
31010 \begin_layout Standard
31011 Selects the whole document.
31014 \begin_layout Subsection
31018 \begin_layout Standard
31019 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31021 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31022 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31029 \begin_layout Subsection
31030 Move paragraph Up/Down
31033 \begin_layout Standard
31034 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
31038 \begin_layout Subsection
31042 \begin_layout Standard
31043 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31045 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31046 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
31053 \begin_layout Subsection
31055 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31056 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
31063 \begin_layout Standard
31064 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
31066 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
31069 \begin_layout Standard
31070 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
31071 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
31074 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31085 \begin_layout Subsection
31089 \begin_layout Standard
31090 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
31091 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
31092 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31094 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31095 reference "sec:Tables"
31099 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31101 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31102 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31109 \begin_layout Subsection
31110 Increase / Decrease List Depth
31113 \begin_layout Standard
31114 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
31116 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31118 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31119 reference "sec:Nesting"
31124 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31125 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
31132 \begin_layout Section
31134 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31142 \begin_layout Standard
31147 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
31148 document with an external program.
31149 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
31150 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
31151 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
31153 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31154 reference "sub:Export"
31159 You should at least see the menu entries
31169 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31170 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31172 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31173 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31178 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31179 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31186 \begin_layout Standard
31187 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
31188 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
31190 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31191 reference "sec:File-Formats"
31196 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
31199 \begin_layout Standard
31200 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31203 At the bottom of the
31207 menu the opened documents are listed.
31210 \begin_layout Subsection
31214 \begin_layout Standard
31215 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
31216 in section\InsetSpace ~
31218 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31219 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31226 \begin_layout Subsection
31230 \begin_layout Standard
31231 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
31232 opening a new view window.
31235 \begin_layout Subsection
31237 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31238 name "sub:Toolbars"
31243 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31251 \begin_layout Standard
31252 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
31253 All toolbars and the
31255 Command\InsetSpace ~
31258 can be turned on and off.
31263 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
31281 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
31285 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
31292 \begin_layout Standard
31297 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
31301 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
31302 or when a certain feature is enabled.
31303 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
31304 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
31305 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
31308 \begin_layout Standard
31309 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31311 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31312 reference "sec:Toolbars"
31319 \begin_layout Section
31321 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31322 name "Menu ! Insert"
31329 \begin_layout Subsection
31333 \begin_layout Standard
31334 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31336 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31337 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31344 \begin_layout Subsection
31346 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31347 name "sub:Special-Character"
31354 \begin_layout Standard
31355 Here you can insert the following characters:
31358 \begin_layout Description
31359 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
31363 \begin_layout Description
31366 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31368 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31369 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
31376 \begin_layout Description
31377 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
31378 Quote Inserts this quote:
31379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31382 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
31384 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31394 \begin_layout Description
31395 Single\InsetSpace ~
31396 Quote Inserts this quote:
31397 \begin_inset Quotes els
31403 \begin_layout Description
31405 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31409 \begin_layout Description
31410 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
31412 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31413 name "Phonetic symbols"
31418 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31419 name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
31423 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
31424 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
31425 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
31430 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31431 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
31437 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
31441 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
31448 and this Wiki-page:
31451 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
31452 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
31459 \begin_layout Subsection
31463 \begin_layout Standard
31464 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
31467 \begin_layout Description
31468 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
31469 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
31475 \begin_layout Description
31476 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
31477 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
31483 \begin_layout Description
31484 Protected\InsetSpace ~
31485 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31487 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31488 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
31495 \begin_layout Description
31496 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
31497 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31499 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31500 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
31507 \begin_layout Description
31509 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31511 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31512 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
31519 \begin_layout Description
31520 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31521 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
31523 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31524 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
31531 \begin_layout Description
31532 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31533 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
31535 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31536 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
31543 \begin_layout Description
31544 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
31545 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
31547 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31548 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
31555 \begin_layout Description
31556 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
31557 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
31559 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31560 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
31567 \begin_layout Description
31568 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
31569 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
31571 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31572 reference "sub:Ligatures"
31579 \begin_layout Description
31581 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
31583 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31584 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
31591 \begin_layout Description
31593 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31595 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31596 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
31603 \begin_layout Description
31605 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31607 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31608 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31615 \begin_layout Description
31617 Double\InsetSpace ~
31618 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31620 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31621 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31628 \begin_layout Subsection
31632 \begin_layout Standard
31633 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
31634 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
31635 in section\InsetSpace ~
31637 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31638 reference "sec:toc"
31643 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31645 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31646 reference "sec:Index"
31650 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
31652 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31653 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31657 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
31659 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31660 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
31667 \begin_layout Subsection
31671 \begin_layout Standard
31672 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31674 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31675 reference "sec:Floats"
31682 \begin_layout Subsection
31686 \begin_layout Standard
31687 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31689 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31690 reference "sec:Notes"
31697 \begin_layout Subsection
31701 \begin_layout Standard
31702 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31704 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31705 reference "sec:Branches"
31712 \begin_layout Subsection
31714 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31715 name "External Material"
31722 \begin_layout Standard
31723 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
31724 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
31735 \begin_layout Subsection
31737 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31745 \begin_layout Standard
31746 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
31748 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31749 reference "sec:Minipages"
31754 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
31765 \begin_layout Subsection
31769 \begin_layout Standard
31770 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31772 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31773 reference "sec:Bibliography"
31780 \begin_layout Subsection
31784 \begin_layout Standard
31785 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31787 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31788 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31795 \begin_layout Subsection
31799 \begin_layout Standard
31800 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31802 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31803 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31810 \begin_layout Subsection
31812 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31818 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31819 name "Longtables ! Caption"
31826 \begin_layout Standard
31827 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
31828 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31830 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31831 reference "sec:Floats"
31835 , cations in longtables are described in section
31846 \begin_layout Subsection
31850 \begin_layout Standard
31851 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31853 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31854 reference "sec:Index"
31861 \begin_layout Subsection
31865 \begin_layout Standard
31866 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31868 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31869 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31876 \begin_layout Subsection
31880 \begin_layout Standard
31882 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31884 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31885 reference "sec:Tables"
31892 \begin_layout Subsection
31896 \begin_layout Standard
31898 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31900 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31901 reference "sec:Graphics"
31908 \begin_layout Subsection
31912 \begin_layout Standard
31913 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31915 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31916 reference "sec:URL"
31923 \begin_layout Subsection
31927 \begin_layout Standard
31928 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
31930 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31931 reference "sec:Footnotes"
31938 \begin_layout Subsection
31942 \begin_layout Standard
31943 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
31945 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31946 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
31953 \begin_layout Subsection
31957 \begin_layout Standard
31958 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
31960 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31961 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
31968 \begin_layout Subsection
31972 \begin_layout Standard
31973 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
31975 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31976 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
31983 \begin_layout Subsection
31985 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31986 name "Program listings"
31993 \begin_layout Standard
31994 Inserts a program listings box.
31995 Program listings are explained in chapter
31997 Program Code Listings
32006 \begin_layout Subsection
32010 \begin_layout Standard
32011 Inserts the actual date.
32012 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
32014 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
32024 There the different methods are also compared.
32027 \begin_layout Section
32029 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32030 name "Menu ! Navigate"
32037 \begin_layout Standard
32038 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
32039 the current document.
32040 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
32043 \begin_layout Standard
32044 The Navigate menu also offers to
32047 \begin_layout Subsection
32051 \begin_layout Standard
32052 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
32053 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
32055 between section\InsetSpace ~
32057 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
32058 2.5 and use the menu
32062 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32066 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
32070 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32074 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
32086 \begin_layout Standard
32087 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
32088 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
32091 \begin_layout Subsection
32092 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
32095 \begin_layout Standard
32096 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
32100 \begin_layout Subsection
32104 \begin_layout Standard
32105 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
32106 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
32107 on a cross-reference box.
32110 \begin_layout Section
32112 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32113 name "Menu ! Document"
32120 \begin_layout Subsection
32124 \begin_layout Standard
32125 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32127 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32128 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
32135 \begin_layout Subsection
32140 \begin_layout Standard
32150 \begin_layout Standard
32151 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
32153 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
32156 \begin_layout Standard
32157 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
32162 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
32165 \begin_layout Subsection
32169 \begin_layout Standard
32170 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32172 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32173 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
32180 \begin_layout Subsection
32181 Start Appendix Here
32184 \begin_layout Standard
32185 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
32186 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32188 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32189 reference "sec:Appendices"
32196 \begin_layout Subsection
32200 \begin_layout Standard
32201 Un/compresses the actual document.
32204 \begin_layout Subsection
32206 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32207 name "sub:Settings"
32212 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32213 name "Document ! Settings"
32220 \begin_layout Standard
32221 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
32223 You can save your document settings as default with the
32225 Save as Document Defaults
32227 button in the dialog.
32228 This will create a template named
32232 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
32236 \begin_layout Standard
32237 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
32240 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32244 \begin_layout Standard
32245 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
32246 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32248 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32249 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
32254 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
32259 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
32260 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
32263 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32267 \begin_layout Standard
32268 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32270 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32271 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
32278 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32282 \begin_layout Standard
32283 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
32285 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
32289 \begin_layout Standard
32290 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
32291 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
32292 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
32295 \begin_layout Standard
32296 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
32304 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32308 \begin_layout Standard
32309 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32311 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32312 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
32317 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32318 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
32325 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32329 \begin_layout Standard
32330 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
32332 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32333 reference "sub:Margins"
32340 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32342 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32343 name "Language ! Encoding"
32350 \begin_layout Standard
32351 The document language and quote styles are set here.
32352 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
32353 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
32354 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
32355 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
32356 known for a particular character).
32360 \begin_layout Standard
32361 The known commands are defined in a text file.
32362 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
32367 manual for details.
32375 \begin_layout Standard
32376 If you use the option
32378 use language's default encoding
32380 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
32382 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
32383 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
32384 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
32385 exactly one encoding.
32386 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
32394 \begin_layout Standard
32395 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
32396 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
32398 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32399 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32412 \begin_layout Standard
32413 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
32414 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
32415 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
32416 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
32417 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
32418 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
32421 use language's default encoding
32423 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
32424 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
32425 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
32428 \begin_layout Standard
32429 Here is a list with the important encodings:
32432 \begin_layout Description
32436 use language's default encoding
32438 , but the LaTeX-package
32443 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32444 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32449 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
32452 \begin_layout Description
32453 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
32456 \begin_layout Description
32457 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
32458 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
32461 \begin_layout Description
32462 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
32465 \begin_layout Description
32466 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
32469 \begin_layout Description
32470 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
32473 \begin_layout Description
32474 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
32477 \begin_layout Description
32478 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
32481 \begin_layout Description
32482 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
32483 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
32486 \begin_layout Description
32487 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
32488 Serbian, and Ukrainian
32491 \begin_layout Description
32492 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
32495 \begin_layout Description
32496 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
32499 \begin_layout Description
32500 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
32503 \begin_layout Description
32504 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
32507 \begin_layout Description
32508 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
32509 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
32510 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
32514 \begin_layout Description
32515 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
32516 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
32519 \begin_layout Description
32520 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
32524 \begin_layout Description
32525 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
32528 \begin_layout Description
32529 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
32530 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
32533 \begin_layout Description
32534 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
32535 the euro currency sign, the
32539 \begin_layout Standard
32548 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
32549 be the replacement for latin1
32552 \begin_layout Description
32553 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
32556 \begin_layout Description
32557 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32562 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32563 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32567 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
32570 \begin_layout Description
32571 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32575 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
32578 \begin_layout Description
32579 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32584 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32585 name "LaTeX-packages ! CJK"
32589 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
32592 \begin_layout Description
32593 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
32597 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
32605 \begin_layout Standard
32606 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32607 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32620 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32624 \begin_layout Standard
32625 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
32626 in section\InsetSpace ~
32628 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32629 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32636 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32640 \begin_layout Standard
32641 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
32644 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32645 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
32656 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32657 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
32662 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
32664 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32665 reference "sec:Bibliography"
32672 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32676 \begin_layout Standard
32677 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
32680 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32681 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
32690 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32691 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
32697 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
32700 \begin_layout Standard
32705 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
32706 assure that you have enabled AMS.
32709 \begin_layout Standard
32714 is used for special integral characters.
32717 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32721 \begin_layout Standard
32722 The float placement options are described in section
32723 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32727 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32728 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
32735 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32739 \begin_layout Standard
32740 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
32741 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32743 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32744 reference "sec:Itemize"
32751 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32755 \begin_layout Standard
32756 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32758 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32759 reference "sec:Branches"
32766 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32771 \begin_layout Standard
32781 \begin_layout Standard
32782 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
32783 to define LaTeX-commands.
32784 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
32785 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
32789 \begin_layout Standard
32790 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32792 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32793 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
32800 \begin_layout Section
32802 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32803 name "Menu ! Tools"
32810 \begin_layout Subsection
32814 \begin_layout Standard
32815 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32817 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32818 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
32825 \begin_layout Subsection
32829 \begin_layout Standard
32830 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32832 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32833 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
32840 \begin_layout Subsection
32842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32850 \begin_layout Standard
32851 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
32855 \begin_layout Subsection
32860 \begin_layout Standard
32868 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32869 name "TeX Information"
32876 \begin_layout Standard
32877 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
32880 \begin_layout Subsection
32882 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32883 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
32888 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32889 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
32896 \begin_layout Standard
32897 This menu reconfigures LyX.
32898 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
32900 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32901 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
32908 \begin_layout Subsection
32912 \begin_layout Standard
32913 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
32914 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32918 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32919 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
32926 \begin_layout Section
32928 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32936 \begin_layout Standard
32937 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
32941 \begin_layout Standard
32947 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
32948 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
32950 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32951 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
32958 \begin_layout Section
32960 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32961 name "sec:Toolbars"
32968 \begin_layout Standard
32969 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32971 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32972 reference "sub:Toolbars"
32979 \begin_layout Standard
32980 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
32981 This is described in the
32989 \begin_layout Subsection
32991 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32992 name "Toolbar ! Standard"
32999 \begin_layout Standard
33000 \begin_inset Graphics
33001 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
33009 \begin_layout Standard
33010 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33016 \begin_layout Standard
33017 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33022 \begin_layout Standard
33034 \begin_inset Note Note
33037 \begin_layout Standard
33038 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
33043 manual for more information.
33051 \begin_layout Standard
33052 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33058 \begin_layout Standard
33059 \begin_inset Tabular
33060 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
33061 <features islongtable="true">
33062 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33063 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33068 \begin_layout Standard
33069 \begin_inset Graphics
33070 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
33080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33083 \begin_layout Standard
33084 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
33097 \begin_layout Standard
33098 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
33104 \begin_layout Standard
33106 \begin_inset Tabular
33107 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
33108 <features islongtable="true">
33109 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33110 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33111 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33115 \begin_layout Standard
33118 \begin_inset Graphics
33119 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
33120 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33132 \begin_layout Standard
33135 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33142 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33146 \begin_layout Standard
33147 \begin_inset Graphics
33148 filename ../images/file-open.png
33149 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33161 \begin_layout Standard
33164 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33171 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33175 \begin_layout Standard
33176 \begin_inset Graphics
33177 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
33178 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33190 \begin_layout Standard
33193 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33200 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33204 \begin_layout Standard
33205 \begin_inset Graphics
33206 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
33207 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
33216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33219 \begin_layout Standard
33222 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33229 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33233 \begin_layout Standard
33234 \begin_inset Graphics
33235 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
33236 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Standard
33251 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33258 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33262 \begin_layout Standard
33263 \begin_inset Graphics
33264 filename ../images/undo.png
33265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33277 \begin_layout Standard
33280 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33291 \begin_layout Standard
33292 \begin_inset Graphics
33293 filename ../images/redo.png
33294 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33306 \begin_layout Standard
33309 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33316 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Standard
33321 \begin_inset Graphics
33322 filename ../images/cut.png
33323 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33335 \begin_layout Standard
33338 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33345 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33349 \begin_layout Standard
33350 \begin_inset Graphics
33351 filename ../images/copy.png
33352 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33364 \begin_layout Standard
33367 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33374 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33378 \begin_layout Standard
33379 \begin_inset Graphics
33380 filename ../images/paste.png
33381 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33393 \begin_layout Standard
33396 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33403 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Standard
33408 \begin_inset Graphics
33409 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
33410 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33411 rotateOrigin center
33420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33423 \begin_layout Standard
33426 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33427 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33428 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33435 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33439 \begin_layout Standard
33440 \begin_inset Graphics
33441 filename ../images/font-emph.png
33442 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33454 \begin_layout Standard
33455 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
33457 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33467 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33471 \begin_layout Standard
33472 \begin_inset Graphics
33473 filename ../images/font-noun.png
33474 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33486 \begin_layout Standard
33487 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
33489 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33499 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33503 \begin_layout Standard
33504 \begin_inset Graphics
33505 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
33506 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33518 \begin_layout Standard
33519 Formats text using the current settings in the
33521 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33531 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33535 \begin_layout Standard
33536 \begin_inset Graphics
33537 filename ../images/math-mode.png
33538 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Standard
33553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33554 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33555 Inline\InsetSpace ~
33562 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33566 \begin_layout Standard
33567 \begin_inset Graphics
33568 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
33569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33570 rotateOrigin center
33579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33582 \begin_layout Standard
33585 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33592 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33596 \begin_layout Standard
33597 \begin_inset Graphics
33598 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
33599 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33600 rotateOrigin center
33609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33612 \begin_layout Standard
33615 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33622 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Standard
33627 \begin_inset Graphics
33628 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
33629 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33630 rotateOrigin center
33639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33642 \begin_layout Standard
33643 Toggle outline window on/off,
33645 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33652 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33656 \begin_layout Standard
33657 \begin_inset Graphics
33658 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
33659 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33660 rotateOrigin center
33669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33672 \begin_layout Standard
33673 Toggle math toolbar on/off
33679 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33683 \begin_layout Standard
33684 \begin_inset Graphics
33685 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
33686 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33687 rotateOrigin center
33696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33699 \begin_layout Standard
33700 Toggle table toolbar on/off
33713 \begin_layout Subsection
33715 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33716 name "Toolbar ! Extra"
33723 \begin_layout Standard
33724 \begin_inset Graphics
33725 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
33733 \begin_layout Standard
33734 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33740 \begin_layout Standard
33741 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33745 \begin_layout Standard
33746 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33752 \begin_layout Standard
33753 \begin_inset Tabular
33754 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
33755 <features islongtable="true">
33756 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33757 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33758 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33762 \begin_layout Standard
33763 \begin_inset Graphics
33764 filename ../images/layout.png
33765 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33766 rotateOrigin center
33775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33778 \begin_layout Standard
33785 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33789 \begin_layout Standard
33790 \begin_inset Graphics
33791 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
33792 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33793 rotateOrigin center
33802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33805 \begin_layout Standard
33812 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33816 \begin_layout Standard
33817 \begin_inset Graphics
33818 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
33819 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33820 rotateOrigin center
33829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33832 \begin_layout Standard
33839 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33843 \begin_layout Standard
33844 \begin_inset Graphics
33845 filename ../images/layout_List.png
33846 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33847 rotateOrigin center
33856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33859 \begin_layout Standard
33866 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33870 \begin_layout Standard
33871 \begin_inset Graphics
33872 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
33873 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33874 rotateOrigin center
33883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33886 \begin_layout Standard
33893 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33897 \begin_layout Standard
33898 \begin_inset Graphics
33899 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
33900 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33901 rotateOrigin center
33910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33913 \begin_layout Standard
33916 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33917 Increase\InsetSpace ~
33925 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33929 \begin_layout Standard
33930 \begin_inset Graphics
33931 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
33932 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33933 rotateOrigin center
33942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33945 \begin_layout Standard
33948 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33949 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
33957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33961 \begin_layout Standard
33962 \begin_inset Graphics
33963 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
33964 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33976 \begin_layout Standard
33979 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33980 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33991 \begin_layout Standard
33992 \begin_inset Graphics
33993 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
33994 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34006 \begin_layout Standard
34009 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34010 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34021 \begin_layout Standard
34022 \begin_inset Graphics
34023 filename ../images/label-insert.png
34024 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34036 \begin_layout Standard
34039 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34046 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34050 \begin_layout Standard
34051 \begin_inset Graphics
34052 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
34053 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34065 \begin_layout Standard
34068 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34075 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34079 \begin_layout Standard
34080 \begin_inset Graphics
34081 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
34082 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34094 \begin_layout Standard
34097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34104 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34108 \begin_layout Standard
34109 \begin_inset Graphics
34110 filename ../images/index-insert.png
34111 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34123 \begin_layout Standard
34126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34138 \begin_layout Standard
34139 \begin_inset Graphics
34140 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
34141 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34153 \begin_layout Standard
34156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34157 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
34164 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34168 \begin_layout Standard
34169 \begin_inset Graphics
34170 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
34171 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34183 \begin_layout Standard
34186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34193 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34197 \begin_layout Standard
34198 \begin_inset Graphics
34199 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
34200 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34201 rotateOrigin center
34210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34213 \begin_layout Standard
34216 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34217 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
34224 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34228 \begin_layout Standard
34229 \begin_inset Graphics
34230 filename ../images/note-insert.png
34231 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34243 \begin_layout Standard
34246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34247 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34255 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34259 \begin_layout Standard
34260 \begin_inset Graphics
34261 filename ../images/url-insert.png
34262 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34274 \begin_layout Standard
34277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34284 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34288 \begin_layout Standard
34289 \begin_inset Graphics
34290 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
34291 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34303 \begin_layout Standard
34306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34313 \begin_layout Standard
34328 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34332 \begin_layout Standard
34333 \begin_inset Graphics
34334 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
34335 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34347 \begin_layout Standard
34350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34351 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34359 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34363 \begin_layout Standard
34364 \begin_inset Graphics
34365 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
34366 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34367 rotateOrigin center
34376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34379 \begin_layout Standard
34382 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34390 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34394 \begin_layout Standard
34395 \begin_inset Graphics
34396 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
34397 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34398 rotateOrigin center
34407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34410 \begin_layout Standard
34413 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34414 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
34421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34425 \begin_layout Standard
34426 \begin_inset Graphics
34427 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
34428 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34429 rotateOrigin center
34438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34441 \begin_layout Standard
34444 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34458 \begin_layout Subsection
34459 View / Update Toolbar
34460 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34461 name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
34468 \begin_layout Standard
34469 \begin_inset Graphics
34470 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
34477 \begin_layout Standard
34478 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34484 \begin_layout Standard
34485 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
34489 \begin_layout Standard
34490 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34496 \begin_layout Standard
34497 \begin_inset Tabular
34498 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
34499 <features islongtable="true">
34500 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34501 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34502 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34506 \begin_layout Standard
34507 \begin_inset Graphics
34508 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
34509 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34510 rotateOrigin center
34519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34522 \begin_layout Standard
34525 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34532 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34536 \begin_layout Standard
34537 \begin_inset Graphics
34538 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
34539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34540 rotateOrigin center
34549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34552 \begin_layout Standard
34555 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34556 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34563 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34567 \begin_layout Standard
34568 \begin_inset Graphics
34569 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
34570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34571 rotateOrigin center
34580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34583 \begin_layout Standard
34586 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34593 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34597 \begin_layout Standard
34598 \begin_inset Graphics
34599 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
34600 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34601 rotateOrigin center
34610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34613 \begin_layout Standard
34616 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34617 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34622 \begin_layout Standard
34623 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
34624 functionality is merged with
34626 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34641 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34645 \begin_layout Standard
34646 \begin_inset Graphics
34647 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
34648 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34649 rotateOrigin center
34658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34661 \begin_layout Standard
34664 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34671 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34675 \begin_layout Standard
34676 \begin_inset Graphics
34677 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
34678 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34679 rotateOrigin center
34688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34691 \begin_layout Standard
34694 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34695 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34709 \begin_layout Subsection
34713 \begin_layout Standard
34714 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34716 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34717 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
34721 , the table toolbar
34722 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34723 name "Toolbar ! Table"
34727 is explained in the
34734 \begin_layout Chapter
34740 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34741 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
34746 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34754 \begin_layout Standard
34755 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34757 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
34760 \begin_layout Section
34764 \begin_layout Subsection
34766 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34772 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34773 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
34778 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34779 name "Customization ! of menus"
34786 \begin_layout Standard
34787 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34790 \begin_layout Standard
34795 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
34803 \begin_layout Subsubsection
34804 User Interface File
34805 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34806 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
34811 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34812 name "Customization ! of menus"
34819 \begin_layout Standard
34820 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
34821 interface (ui) file.
34822 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
34823 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
34832 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
34833 files and edit the entries.
34836 \begin_layout Standard
34837 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
34849 entries must be ended with an explicit
34874 and in the case of the
34875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34887 The syntax for the entries is:
34890 \begin_layout Standard
34891 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34919 \begin_layout Standard
34921 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34924 All LyX-functions are listed in
34925 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
34933 \begin_layout Standard
34934 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
34940 \begin_layout Standard
34941 An example: Assuming you use the menu
34943 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34946 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
34950 \begin_layout Standard
34951 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34956 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
34959 \begin_layout Standard
34961 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34964 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
34967 \begin_layout Subsubsection
34969 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34977 \begin_layout Standard
34978 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
34979 Several binding files are available:
34982 \begin_layout Description
34983 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
34986 \begin_layout Description
34987 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
34998 \begin_layout Description
34999 mac.bind set of bindings for
35001 Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35007 \begin_layout Standard
35008 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
35012 , and bind files for special languages.
35013 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
35015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35023 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
35027 \begin_layout Standard
35028 Some bind-files, like
35032 , have only a small scope.
35033 When looking at the the end of the file
35037 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
35040 \begin_layout Standard
35041 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
35042 s with a text editor.
35043 The syntax of the entries is:
35046 \begin_layout Standard
35052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35070 \begin_layout Standard
35071 All LyX-functions are listed in
35072 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35080 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35084 \begin_layout Standard
35087 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35088 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35089 restore window size, or use fixed size
35091 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
35095 \begin_layout Standard
35098 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35099 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35100 restore window position
35102 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
35105 \begin_layout Standard
35108 Restore cursor positions
35110 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
35114 \begin_layout Standard
35117 Load opened files from last session
35119 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
35122 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35124 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35125 name "sub:Backup documents"
35130 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35131 name "Backup ! Documents"
35138 \begin_layout Standard
35143 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
35146 \begin_layout Standard
35151 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
35154 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35161 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35165 \begin_layout Standard
35168 Cursor follows scrollbar
35170 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
35174 \begin_layout Subsection
35176 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35177 name "Font ! Screen"
35182 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35183 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35190 \begin_layout Standard
35191 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
35194 \begin_layout Standard
35195 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35198 \begin_layout Standard
35203 This section only deals with the fonts
35208 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
35211 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35222 \begin_layout Standard
35223 By default, LyX uses
35227 as roman (serif) font,
35235 (depends on the system) as
35251 \begin_layout Standard
35252 You can change the font size with the
35259 \begin_layout Standard
35264 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
35265 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
35266 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35267 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35268 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
35270 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35271 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
35278 \begin_layout Standard
35283 are the same as if a document font size of 10
35284 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
35288 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
35290 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35291 reference "sub:Document-Font"
35298 \begin_layout Subsection
35300 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35301 name "Color ! LyX screen"
35306 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35307 name "Settings ! Color"
35314 \begin_layout Standard
35315 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
35316 Choose an item in the list and use the
35323 \begin_layout Subsection
35325 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35326 name "Settings ! Graphics"
35333 \begin_layout Standard
35334 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
35337 \begin_layout Standard
35342 enables previewing snippets of your document.
35343 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
35345 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35346 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35353 \begin_layout Subsection
35355 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35356 name "Keyboard Map"
35361 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35362 name "Settings ! Keyboard Map"
35367 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35368 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
35375 \begin_layout Standard
35376 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
35377 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
35378 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35380 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
35381 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
35388 \begin_layout Standard
35389 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35392 \begin_layout Standard
35397 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
35405 \begin_layout Section
35407 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35413 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35414 name "Settings ! Directory"
35421 \begin_layout Description
35422 Working\InsetSpace ~
35423 directory This is LyX's working directory.
35424 It is the default when you
35440 \begin_layout Description
35441 Document\InsetSpace ~
35442 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
35444 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35452 \begin_layout Description
35453 Backup\InsetSpace ~
35455 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35456 name "Backup ! Directory"
35460 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
35461 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
35463 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35464 reference "sub:Backup documents"
35472 will be used to save the backups.
35474 The backup files have the ending
35475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35485 \begin_layout Description
35490 \begin_layout Standard
35497 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
35498 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
35501 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35504 \begin_layout Standard
35509 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
35517 \begin_layout Description
35518 Temporary\InsetSpace ~
35519 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
35522 \begin_layout Description
35524 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
35525 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
35526 to find it on the system.
35527 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
35528 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
35529 On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35530 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35531 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
35532 are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
35537 \begin_layout Section
35541 \begin_layout Standard
35542 Here you can insert your name and email address.
35543 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
35544 in section\InsetSpace ~
35546 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35547 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35551 , to mark changes you make as yours.
35554 \begin_layout Section
35556 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35557 name "Language ! Settings"
35562 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35563 name "Settings ! Language"
35570 \begin_layout Subsection
35574 \begin_layout Description
35575 Default\InsetSpace ~
35576 language is the language used in new documents
35579 \begin_layout Description
35580 Language\InsetSpace ~
35581 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
35583 The default is the LaTeX-command
35589 that loads the package
35597 \begin_layout Standard
35598 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
35600 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35601 reference "sec:ERT"
35616 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
35617 the document language.
35618 A text label is for instance the word
35619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35626 at the beginning of every table-caption.
35629 \begin_layout Description
35630 Command\InsetSpace ~
35631 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
35632 document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
35633 An example is the start command
35639 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
35644 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35658 selectlanguage{$$lang}
35663 \begin_layout Description
35664 Command\InsetSpace ~
35670 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
35671 command toggles the package on and off.
35674 \begin_layout Description
35683 \begin_layout Description
35684 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
35685 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
35686 used by all LaTeX-packages.
35687 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
35694 \begin_layout Description
35696 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen
35698 When this option is not set, the
35700 Command\InsetSpace ~
35703 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
35704 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
35706 Command\InsetSpace ~
35712 \begin_layout Description
35720 When it is not set, the
35722 Command\InsetSpace ~
35725 is set to the end of the document.
35728 \begin_layout Description
35730 foreign\InsetSpace ~
35731 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
35732 the document language will be underlined blue.
35735 \begin_layout Description
35739 language\InsetSpace ~
35740 support Enables the use of languages, written from right
35741 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
35744 \begin_layout Subsection
35748 \begin_layout Standard
35749 The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
35751 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35752 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
35759 \begin_layout Section
35763 \begin_layout Subsection
35765 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35771 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35777 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35778 name "Settings ! Printer"
35785 \begin_layout Description
35786 Default\InsetSpace ~
35787 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
35788 The name will be used when the
35795 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35798 \begin_layout Standard
35803 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
35812 \begin_layout Description
35814 output\InsetSpace ~
35816 printer This option works only for the
35821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35833 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
35834 This is an option only for dvips experts.
35837 \begin_layout Description
35838 Printer\InsetSpace ~
35839 command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35840 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35841 LaTeX uses for printing.
35842 The default is on most systems
35849 \begin_layout Description
35850 Printer\InsetSpace ~
35851 Command\InsetSpace ~
35852 Options Here you can specify printer options.
35853 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
35854 of the program that provides the
35861 \begin_layout Subsection
35863 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35869 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35870 name "Settings ! Date format"
35877 \begin_layout Standard
35878 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
35881 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
35882 target "http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date"
35888 For example the format
35892 prints the date as day/month/year.
35895 \begin_layout Subsection
35899 \begin_layout Description
35900 Output\InsetSpace ~
35902 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
35903 when using the menu
35905 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35906 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35911 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
35915 \begin_layout Description
35917 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
35922 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
35923 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
35926 \begin_layout Subsection
35931 \begin_layout Standard
35939 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35940 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
35945 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35946 name "Settings ! LaTeX"
35953 \begin_layout Description
35958 \begin_layout Standard
35966 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
35971 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
35993 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
35994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36006 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
36007 LyX sets up in the background.
36008 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
36011 \begin_layout Description
36012 Default\InsetSpace ~
36014 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
36019 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
36022 \begin_layout Description
36025 options\InsetSpace ~
36027 document\InsetSpace ~
36028 classes\InsetSpace ~
36029 changes Removes all manually set document
36030 class options in the
36032 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36035 dialog when changing the document class.
36038 \begin_layout Standard
36041 External Applications
36043 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
36044 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
36045 manuals of the applications.
36046 Currently the following commands can be set:
36049 \begin_layout Description
36054 \begin_layout Standard
36062 command Command for the program
36066 that is described in section
36077 \begin_layout Description
36082 \begin_layout Standard
36090 command Command for the program
36094 that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
36096 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36097 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36104 \begin_layout Description
36106 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
36108 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36109 reference "sub:Index-Program"
36116 \begin_layout Description
36118 viewer\InsetSpace ~
36121 options They only have an effect when the program
36125 is used as DVI-viewer.
36128 \begin_layout Subsection
36130 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36136 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36137 name "Settings ! Paths"
36144 \begin_layout Standard
36149 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
36152 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
36154 uses the Windows path style:
36157 \begin_layout Standard
36165 \begin_layout Standard
36166 instead of the Unix path style:
36169 \begin_layout Standard
36173 \begin_layout Section
36175 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36183 \begin_layout Standard
36184 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
36185 from one format to another.
36186 You can modify them or create new ones.
36187 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
36201 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
36207 drop-down list, modify the
36211 field, and press the
36218 \begin_layout Standard
36221 Converter File Cache
36223 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
36226 Maximum Age (in days
36229 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
36230 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
36233 \begin_layout Standard
36234 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
36235 the converter definition, is described in section
36246 \begin_layout Section
36248 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36249 name "File formats"
36254 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36255 name "sec:File-Formats"
36262 \begin_layout Standard
36263 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
36264 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
36266 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
36283 \begin_layout Standard
36284 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
36285 is described in section
36296 \begin_layout Section
36298 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36306 \begin_layout Standard
36307 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
36308 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
36309 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
36310 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
36311 This is done by a Copier.
36314 \begin_layout Standard
36315 More about converters is described in section
36326 \begin_layout Chapter
36327 Units available in LyX
36328 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36334 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36335 name "cha:Units-available-in"
36342 \begin_layout Standard
36343 To understand the units described in this documentation,
36344 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36345 reference "cap:Units"
36349 explains all units available in LyX.
36352 \begin_layout Standard
36353 \begin_inset Float table
36359 \begin_layout Standard
36360 \begin_inset Caption
36362 \begin_layout Standard
36363 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36376 \begin_layout Standard
36377 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
36383 \begin_layout Standard
36385 \begin_inset Tabular
36386 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36388 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
36389 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
36390 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36394 \begin_layout Standard
36400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36403 \begin_layout Standard
36410 <row topline="true">
36411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36414 \begin_layout Standard
36420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36423 \begin_layout Standard
36430 <row topline="true">
36431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36434 \begin_layout Standard
36440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36443 \begin_layout Standard
36450 <row topline="true">
36451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36454 \begin_layout Standard
36460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36463 \begin_layout Standard
36470 <row topline="true">
36471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36474 \begin_layout Standard
36480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36483 \begin_layout Standard
36484 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36485 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36492 <row topline="true">
36493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36496 \begin_layout Standard
36502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36505 \begin_layout Standard
36506 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36507 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36514 <row topline="true">
36515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36518 \begin_layout Standard
36524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36527 \begin_layout Standard
36528 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36529 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36536 <row topline="true">
36537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36540 \begin_layout Standard
36546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36549 \begin_layout Standard
36550 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36551 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36558 <row topline="true">
36559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36562 \begin_layout Standard
36568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36571 \begin_layout Standard
36572 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36574 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
36577 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36584 <row topline="true">
36585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36588 \begin_layout Standard
36594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36597 \begin_layout Standard
36598 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36599 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36606 <row topline="true">
36607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36610 \begin_layout Standard
36616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36619 \begin_layout Standard
36620 % of original image width
36626 <row topline="true">
36627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36630 \begin_layout Standard
36636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36639 \begin_layout Standard
36646 <row topline="true">
36647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36650 \begin_layout Standard
36656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36659 \begin_layout Standard
36666 <row topline="true">
36667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36670 \begin_layout Standard
36676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36679 \begin_layout Standard
36686 <row topline="true">
36687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36690 \begin_layout Standard
36696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36699 \begin_layout Standard
36706 <row topline="true">
36707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36710 \begin_layout Standard
36716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36719 \begin_layout Standard
36726 <row topline="true">
36727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36730 \begin_layout Standard
36736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36739 \begin_layout Standard
36746 <row topline="true">
36747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36750 \begin_layout Standard
36756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36759 \begin_layout Standard
36770 <row topline="true">
36771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36774 \begin_layout Standard
36780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36783 \begin_layout Standard
36794 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36798 \begin_layout Standard
36804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36807 \begin_layout Standard
36808 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36809 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36828 \begin_layout Chapter
36830 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36838 \begin_layout Standard
36839 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
36840 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
36843 \begin_layout Itemize
36846 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
36849 \begin_layout Itemize
36855 \begin_layout Itemize
36861 \begin_layout Itemize
36867 \begin_layout Itemize
36873 \begin_layout Itemize
36879 \begin_layout Itemize
36885 \begin_layout Itemize
36891 \begin_layout Itemize
36894 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
36897 \begin_layout Itemize
36903 \begin_layout Itemize
36909 \begin_layout Itemize
36915 \begin_layout Itemize
36921 \begin_layout Itemize
36927 \begin_layout Itemize
36933 \begin_layout Itemize
36939 \begin_layout Itemize
36945 \begin_layout Itemize
36947 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
36955 \begin_layout Standard
36958 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
36965 \begin_layout Bibliography
36966 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36976 \begin_layout Standard
36980 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
36990 \begin_inset Note Note
36993 \begin_layout Standard
37000 is explained in the
37005 It creates a TOC entry.
37008 \begin_layout Standard
37009 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
37010 two different ones in one document.
37019 \begin_layout Standard
37023 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
37032 \begin_layout Standard
37040 \begin_inset Note Note
37043 \begin_layout Standard
37050 is explained in the
37055 It creates a hyperlink.
37063 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37064 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
37071 \begin_layout Bibliography
37072 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37073 key "latexcompanion"
37077 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
37079 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
37082 Addison-Wesley, 2004
37085 \begin_layout Bibliography
37086 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37091 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
37094 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
37097 Addison-Wesley, 2003
37100 \begin_layout Bibliography
37101 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37108 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
37111 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
37114 \begin_layout Bibliography
37115 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37127 Addison-Wesley, 1984
37130 \begin_layout Bibliography
37131 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37139 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37140 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
37147 \begin_layout Bibliography
37148 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37154 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37155 name "The LaTeX FAQ:"
37156 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
37163 \begin_layout Bibliography
37164 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37173 \begin_layout Standard
37177 href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
37186 \begin_layout Standard
37200 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37201 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
37208 \begin_layout Bibliography
37209 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37218 \begin_layout Standard
37222 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
37231 \begin_layout Standard
37238 of the LaTeX-package
37243 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37244 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
37251 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37252 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
37259 \begin_layout Bibliography
37260 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37269 \begin_layout Standard
37273 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
37283 \begin_layout Standard
37290 of the LaTeX-package
37295 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37296 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
37303 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37304 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
37311 \begin_layout Bibliography
37312 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37321 \begin_layout Standard
37325 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
37335 \begin_layout Standard
37342 of the LaTeX-package
37347 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37348 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
37355 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37356 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf"
37363 \begin_layout Bibliography
37364 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37373 \begin_layout Standard
37377 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
37386 \begin_layout Standard
37393 of the LaTeX-package
37398 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37399 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
37406 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37407 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
37414 \begin_layout Bibliography
37415 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37424 \begin_layout Standard
37428 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
37437 \begin_layout Standard
37444 of the LaTeX-package
37449 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37450 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
37457 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37458 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
37465 \begin_layout Bibliography
37466 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37475 \begin_layout Standard
37479 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
37488 \begin_layout Standard
37495 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
37498 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37499 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
37506 \begin_layout Bibliography
37507 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37516 \begin_layout Standard
37520 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
37529 \begin_layout Standard
37536 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
37539 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37540 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
37547 \begin_layout Bibliography
37548 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37557 \begin_layout Standard
37561 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
37570 \begin_layout Standard
37577 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
37580 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37581 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
37588 \begin_layout Bibliography
37589 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37598 \begin_layout Standard
37602 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
37611 \begin_layout Standard
37618 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
37621 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37622 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
37629 \begin_layout Bibliography
37630 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37639 \begin_layout Standard
37643 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
37652 \begin_layout Standard
37659 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
37662 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37663 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
37670 \begin_layout Bibliography
37671 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37680 \begin_layout Standard
37684 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1}{
37693 \begin_layout Standard
37700 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
37703 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37704 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1"
37711 \begin_layout Standard
37715 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
37716 options "biblio/alphadin"
37717 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
37724 \begin_layout Standard
37725 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
37728 \begin_layout Standard
37732 \begin_layout Standard
37736 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
37746 \begin_inset Note Note
37749 \begin_layout Standard
37756 is explained in the
37761 It creates a TOC entry.
37764 \begin_layout Standard
37765 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
37766 two different ones in one document.
37774 \begin_layout Standard
37777 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
37782 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex